Xpectia FJ
Quality Control & Inspection Guide 2012
For production
that Never Fails!
Downloads
Benefits
never-fail.info
Do you know Jack?
Jack is our smart inspector telling you more, to be prepared for today's and tomorrow's inspection
challenges. He is facing increasing demands for higher throughput and improved quality. So, if you get
stressed about defects in your production process, learn more from Jack about our products. Jack
knows the best sensors for machines that never fail.
Test yourself and us. Play with Jack our game and catch the errors. Experience that by using Omron's
smart sensors your machine will never fail. Find the perfect solution for your requirements.
Trust?
Content
2
Zero defect
for production that Never Fails!
Customer satisfaction highly depends on the quality of the finished goods or
the performance of the machine in use. Zero defects in production is a key
criterion for success. The speed of production lines is getting increasingly
faster. On the other hand the machines should never fail. But can you trust
the result?
The necessity for quality inspection and control in any production process is
no longer a discussion point. The cost of non quality is much higher than the
investment, which pays for itself within a short time. In order to further reduce
the number and cost of defective goods, there is a clear trend from having
just one inspection at the end of the process towards several quality checks
within or even at the beginning of the process. This effect further increases
the demand for accurate, reliable and fast inspection systems.
Omron offers a complete portfolio of measurement and inspection systems
using different technologies and principles, but following the same guideline:
keep it simple for the user.
Choose the technology that fits best for the application:
Machine Vision systems
Ident systems (Code Readers & RFID)
• Measurement Sensors (laser, inductive, tactile)
Overview
Selected industry applications
4
Inspection in material handling & logistics
6
Inspection in food packaging
8
Inspection in the beverage industry
10
Inspection in the automotive industry
12
Inspection in the semiconductor,
photovoltaic & electronics industry
14
Inspection in the pharmaceutical &
healthcare industry
Special inspections
16
Inspection on surfaces
18
Transparent materials/glass
20
Inspection on edges
22
Profile and 3D inspections
24
Determination of position
26
Character recognition
28
Colour inspection and detection
•
Product information
•
30
Inspection & Ident systems
32
Easy vision sensor FQ
40
Pick & place FQ-M
58
Pick & place FZM1
70
Vision system Xpectia lite
80
Vision system Xpectia FJ
112
Code readers
120
RFID
124
Measurement sensors
126
Displacement/Distance measurement ZS
136
Displacement/Distance measurement ZX
158
Profile measurement
166
Position/diameter/width measurement
172
Technical informations
1
INDUSTRIAL INSPECTION SOLUTIONS
SELECTED INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
Material handling
Inspection on surfaces
page 4
page 16
Food packaging
Transparent materials/glass
page 6
page 18
Beverage
Inspection on edges
page 8
page 20
Automotive
Profile and 3D inspections
page 10
page 22
Semiconductor,
Photovoltaic & Electronics
Determination of position
page 12
page 24
Pharmaceutical & Healthcare
Character recognition
page 14
page 26
Colour inspection & detection
page 28
2
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Inspection & Ident systems
Vision systems
Measurement
Ident systems
Displacement /distance
μm
Easy vision sensor
Code reader
FQ
FQ-CR1
ZX, ZS
V400
page 32
Profile
V500
Pick & place vision sensor
μm
FQ-M
FZM1
page 40
page 112
Vision system
RFID
Xpectia
V680
ZG2
Position / diameter / width
μm
page 70
μm
ZX-GT
Industry Vision Solution
FlexXpect
page 102
page 120
page 124
m
Position detection
Machine part detection
Standard
Rotation
Area monitoring
For more information refer to INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
3
SELECTED INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS
INSPECTION IN MATERIAL HANDLING & LOGISTICS
For distribution systems that Never Fail
Versatile inspections have to be performed in logistic processes to ensure content and packaging.
Avoid wrong content in packages
Check for proper closure
• Ensure a correct sorting
• Inspection of labels
•
•
OBJECT DETECTION
TRACKING OF PROCESSES
The photoelectric sensors provide accurate detection of passing
objects with long operational stability even with changing
backgrounds or objects and environmental influences like
ambient light, electromagnetic noise or dirt.
Trace the material flow within the manufacturing process
by V680 RFID system.
• Easy installation
• Diagnostic functions for maintenance
More on photoelectric sensors in the
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
4
More on V680 RFID system page 120
LABEL INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATION
INSPECTION OF CONTENT
Inspect the packages for sorting and the correctness of labels
Read and verify 1D/2D codes
• Character and position inspection
Check the content of boxes with a Vision system.
• Material is complete
• Box is empty
•
More on Inspection & Ident systems page 30
More on FQ Easy vision sensors page 32
5
SELECTED INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS
INSPECTION IN FOOD PACKAGING
Reliable inspection for flexible machines
Accurate packaging is a key indicator for quality in the food industry. This requires the inspection of seals,
caps, labels, dates and patterns. Flexibility in quality control is important to handle different materials,
shapes and colours of packages in the process. Platforms offering this flexibility in a user oriented way are
mandatory.
LABEL INSPECTION
Correctly applied labels are mandatory in the food industry. Check
with a vision system the label for position, pattern or it is folded.
The important information printed on the label needs to be verified.
Vision systems or code readers, can check for the presence of the
date of expiry or read a code completely.
More on Xpectia lite vision system page 70
6
INSPECTION OF SEALS
OBJECT DETECTION
Ensure a proper sealing with Xpectia. One product platform can
be used to check a large variety of packaging materials, no
matter whether it is transparent, shiny, uneven or is using of
different colours and shapes.
The E3 photoelectric sensors provide accurate detection of passing
objects for a wide range of different packaging materials, sizes and
shapes and provide longest sensor lifetime even in frequently
cleaned environments.
More on Xpectia vision system page 80
More on photoelectric sensors in the
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
7
SELECTED INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS
INSPECTION IN THE BEVERAGE INDUSTRY
For flexible production that Never Fails
For beverages and pharmaceuticals the shapes and sizes of containers – especially of PET bottles –
are very diverse. Many inspections are necessary along the process to supervise the individual steps.
Filling, capping, labeling, palletizing - inspect and monitor the processes with one flexible vision platform,
which can be used for all steps, no matter of the diversity.
CAP INSPECTION
Is the right cap on the bottle, or is the cap properly closed? Check from
1 or 2 sides by using FQ or Xpectia lite. The simplicity in use for setup and
maintenance reduces operational costs – Touch, Connect & Go
More on FQ Easy vision sensors page 32
For simple cap presence detection see photoelectric sensors
in INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
8
LABEL INSPECTION
Is the label damaged, folded or not correctly positioned? Several inspections can be performed at
the same time. The intuitive user guidance of Omron vision sensors ensures, that no expert
knowledge is required anymore for setup & control. Triggered by the E3Z photoelectric sensors
highest detection reliability can be guaranteed also for transparent bottles with varying shapes.
More on Xpectia lite vision system page 70
More on transparent object sensors in INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
9
SELECTED INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS
INSPECTION IN THE AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY
Zero defect production
Producing high quality parts to order for the automotive industry requires quality control within
the process, not only at the end. Error-free identification and inspection assures that all parts
are within tolerance requirements.
INSPECTION OF LARGE OBJECTS
EASY PROFILE MEASUREMENT
Check the presence of oil on the cylinder head or the cam shaft.
The size of the object requires a high resolution inspection.
Xpectia offers:
• 5Mpixel resolution
• Detect minute defects due to real colour sensing
3D glue bead inspection with ZG2 profile sensor.
High accuracy combined with ease of use.
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
10
More on ZG2 profile measurement page 158
PART IDENTIFICATION
INSPECTION ON CHALLENGING SURFACES
Verify the correct type of an automotive part, e.g. brakes,
to be used in the process.
Thickness measurement on black rubber with the scalable ZS
displacement sensor. One sensor for any material.
• Characteristic points have to be inspected
• Part colours have to be identified.
More on Xpectia lite vision system page 70
For simple colour identification see E3X-DAC-S in
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
More on ZS displacement measurement page 126
11
SELECTED INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS
INSPECTION IN THE SEMICONDUCTOR, PHOTOVOLTAIC
& ELECTRONICS INDUSTRY
Highest accuracy in production processes
Continuous miniaturisation and higher performance of electronic components and
the continuous pressure to increase productivity, requires demanding quality controls.
HIGH ACCURACY MEASUREMENT
PHOTOVOLTAIC SURFACE MEASUREMENT
Ensure the quality of a wafer: measure the eccentricity with a laser
micrometer. Minute differences can be inspected by using CCD technology.
•
More on ZX-GT laser micrometer page 167
For accurate wafer detection see fiber optic sensors in
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
12
In the production of solar-wafers several inspections have to be made:
Accurate warpage measurement of the surface using scalable
displacement sensors
• Inspect the structure of wafer surfaces with high resolution
vision systems
More on ZS high accuracy displacement measurement page 126
PCB INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATION
PV WAFER INSPECTION
The production of PCBs require the type identification of boards via
barcode or datamatrix code. The completeness of the components
on the PCB needs to be controlled with a vision system.
Each step in the production of PV wafers requires:
• Alignment of the wafer
• Inspection for chips and cracks
• Edge breakage
More on Inspection and Ident systems page 30
For detection of PCBs see wide beam E3S-LS3 in
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
More on FlexXpect-PV on page 102
13
SELECTED INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS
INSPECTION IN THE PHARMACEUTICAL &
HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY
Verification, validation & in-process traceability
The stringent legal requirements in the pharmaceutical industry lead to detailed quality control on drugs and verification
of the information printed on the packages. Validation and integrity of process related data is mandatory. Flexible
inspection solutions to trace the product and its ingredients in the entire process are the answer to the existing and
future legal aspects. Omron's quality inspection systems support:
• FDA CFR21 Part 11
• Track & Trace
• CIP 13 (French coding)
• GMP/GAMP
QUALITY CONTROL FOR MEDICINE
Failure free production requires the verification of different product
variants. This includes
• Colour inspection of cans
• Closure control of caps
• Shape and size of containers
• Characteristics on labels
• Control of filling levels
FQ is an easy vision sensor targeting for such inspections
More on FQ easy vision sensor page 32
14
DATE & LOT CODE VALIDATION
The correctness of information on pharmaceutical products
is a crucial topic. The verification and validation of 1D/2D
codes as well as Date and Batch codes (OCR/OCV) are
legally required. Select only one system to inspect both,
the quality of the product and the correctness of the codes.
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
FLEXIBLE AND FUTURE-PROOF
The Pharma industry permanently faces new legal requirements.
A future-proof solution, able to integrate new functions (e.g.
braille inspection) and applications, ensures to protect the
investments. The flexibility of the Omron solution allows to inspect
changing models, different country versions, etc. on the same
line. This reduces the overall investments and helps to solve any
kind of application:
• Packaging inspection
• Blister pack inspection
• Defects and completeness of materials
• Code verifications
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
More on FQ easy vision sensor page 32
CONFORMANCE & APPROVALS
In order to comply to regulations and standards in the Pharma
industry and to get system approval it is mandatory to have:
• User administration including different access levels
• Traceability of any user action (Audit trail) with time stamp
• Revision history of program modifications
• Generate readable/printable configuration documents
More on Xpectia lite vision system page 70
15
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
INSPECTION OF SURFACES
Different tasks – several solutions
Surface inspections can be versatile, requiring different measurement principles or technologies:
Check the presence of patterns or characters
Inspect the structure and shape
• Ensure presence of parts
• Defect detection
• Position of objects
•
•
PATTERN RECOGNITION
WARPAGE INSPECTION
Search for patterns or characters on the objects in the packaging
process. This can require the identification of colour and size of
the pattern. The FQ vision sensor can be re-configured easily,
without expert knowledge, just Teach & Go.
Measure the warpage of any challenging surface, with a
scalable displacement sensor. Flexibility is required in the
number of sensors and the measurement distance.
More on FQ easy vision sensor page 32
16
More on ZS laser displacement measurement page 126
surface
transparent
edges
profile/3D
position
characters
DEFECT DETECTION
PRESENCE OF PARTS
Investigate a surface on defects, which do not correlate with
the surroundings. The vision systems can identify minute
differences or scratches on the surface. The colour functionality
increases the stability of the detection.
Investigate a surface for the completeness of parts. A vision
system is a cost effective solution for the correct placement
inspection of components on PCBs.
More on FQ Easy vision sensors page 32
More on Xpectia lite vision system page 70
colour
More on Xpectia lite vision system page 70
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
17
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
INSPECTION OF TRANSPARENT OBJECTS & GLASS
High performance on challenging surfaces
Many quality inspections are necessary in the glass manufacturing process:
Thickness of glass
• Measurement of layers and coatings
• Detection of defects
•
The measurement on transparent objects, especially on glass,
requires highest performance of the inspection devices.
THICKNESS MEASUREMENT OF GLASS
In the flat glass manufacturing process, the thickness has to
be checked in many points, to ensure the evenness of the
plates.
• Inspect thickness of individual layers
• Check that coatings are equally distributed on the plate
More on high accuracy displacement measurement ZS
page 126
18
The ZS displacement laser sensor delivers high accuracy on
glass and other challenging surfaces. Multiple sensors can be
connected to inspect the surface in several points and to
calculate the results.
The triangulation reflects the light for each surface (or layer).
There is one reflection for the top and one for the bottom
surface, which allows to calculate the thickness.
More on high accuracy displacement measurement ZS
page 126
surface
transparent
edges
profile/3D
position
characters
colour
INSPECT DEFECTS ON BOTTLES
In the beverage or pharmaceutical industry, bottles and bins have to
be inspected for defects at the beginning of the process. Xpectia FJ
can perform multiple checks, to ensure that the bottle is not defect.
Contour based inspections and fine matching functions allow to
detect minute defects on the neck of a bottle or particles on the
bottom.
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
For presence detection of bottles see 'transparent object detection' in INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
19
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
INSPECTION OF EDGES
Position and count
The detection and measurement of edges is an important function for quality inspection systems.
It can be used to find the position and rotation of objects, or to count for the correct number of edges
as a quality criteria. Edge functions are used by vision and measurement systems. They are technical
alternatives depending on the application.
INSPECT THE WANDER OF CONTINUOUS
MATERIAL
Edge detection is used to monitor the drift of paper rolls or other
material in a production line. Depending on the required accuracy
several solutions can be realized:
• Simple detection with E3 photoelectric sensors: check whether
a defined position on both sides of the paper is crossed
• Precise measurement of the drift: use a profile sensor or laser
micrometer to measure with high accuracy the trend of the drift
More on ZG profile measurement page 158
More on E3 photoelectric sensors in
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
20
CHECK THE CLOSURE OF COSMETIC
BINS
A vision system uses edge tools to inspect whether the cap
is properly connected or the closure is locked correctly. FQ
fulfills this task and is easy to setup and operate. Changing
products on the line, can be easily configured.
More on FQ Easy Vision sensor on page 32
surface
transparent
edges
profile/3D
position
characters
colour
ECCENTRICITY OF A WAFER
PRESENCE OF PARTS
The laser micrometer ZX-GT detects the edge of the wafer.
The eccentricity can be measured with high accuracy.
Verify the number of pins on an IC. An edge tool is used to realize
the quality inspection and to identify missing pins with a vision
sensor. For simple detections, high precision fiber optic sensors
can be used.
More on ZX-GT laser micrometer page 166
More on fiber optic wafer mapping sensors in
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
More on FQ Easy Vision sensor on page 32
More on E32 fiber optic sensors in
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
21
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
PROFILE AND 3D INSPECTION
Take the quality into the next dimension
The trend for inspection systems is moving from 2 dimensional to 3 dimensional inspections.
This increases the quality and stability of the measurement. Important applications are 3D inspections
of cars or automotive parts, as well as robot guidance for pick & place.
INSPECTION OF THE CAR BODY
Measurement of gaps and bumps on the car body requires
profile or 3D information. Choose the right solution, depending
from the required resolution or the number of measurement
points in the same area.
• Profile sensor: highest accuracy on a single measurement
point. By moving the car or the sensor the measurement can
check multiple points or be continuous.
• 3D Vision system: multiple measurements in the whole field
of view, without any movements.
More information on ZG2 profile sensor on page 158
More on Xpectia FJ vision system on page 80
22
GLUE BEAD INSPECTION
Track the proper position and profile of the glue with a profile
sensor mounted on the robot.
More information on ZG2 profile sensor on page 158
surface
transparent
edges
profile/3D
position
characters
colour
PICKING OF AUTOMOTIVE PARTS
INSPECTION OF A CYLINDER HEAD
Identify the precise orientation of hanging parts in the press
shop, to ensure the correct picking of the part by a robot.
Xpectia-FZD analyses the 3D position and orientation.
In the engine highest accuracy is necessary. 2D inspections
of the surface can be combined with 3D inspections to further
increase the quality of the parts. Xpectia-FZD combines 2D
and 3D in a single platform.
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
23
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
DETERMINATION OF POSITION
Pick & place combined with inspection
In many packaging applications it is mandatory to identify the precise position and orientation of a work
piece and to communicate this information to the robot, for a proper pick-up. In addition quality inspection
of the work piece or on the package is required.
STANDARD PICKING REQUIREMENTS
FILLING OF BLISTERS
In many industries, e.g. food packaging the parts on the
conveyor can arrive in any position and orientation. The
inspection system needs to guide the ‘picker’ and feed back
the coordinates and angle. Multiple parts inside the same
image can appear and need to be localised.
A vision system identifies the position of pralines on the
conveyor and places them into blisters. After detecting the
position, the information has to be communicated to the robot
or motion controller. High speed inspection is required to keep
pace with the maximum picking speed, which depends on the
robot and the food.
More on Pick & place FQ-M page 40
More on Pick & place FZM1 page 58
24
More on Pick & place FQ-M page 40
More on Pick & place FZM1 page 58
surface
transparent
edges
profile/3D
position
characters
colour
INSPECT AND PICK
MOTION MEETS VISION
A vision system inspects the parts before or after the picking
into blisters or boxes.
Advanced machine automation requires the integration of many
components. Vision represents a key component for pick &
place and will become an integrated part of packaging
solutions. The benefits are:
•
•
Defect or wrong parts are sorted out before picking
Inspect for completeness and correct parts after picking
Depending on the performance required, inspection and
positioning can be performed by one vision sensor. 100%
quality can be achieved on naturals and/or on the package.
More on Pick & place FQ-M page 40
More on Pick & place FZM page 58
Easy set-up & calibration
Integrated communication
• Combine positioning and inspection in one system
•
•
More on Pick & place FQ-M page 40
More on Pick & place FZM1 page 58
25
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
CHARACTER RECOGNITION
High end OCR/OCV inspection
The inspection or recognition of characters is a standard method in production processes to verify that
information printed on labels or parts directly are correct. Depending on the material, background or
font, advanced image processing is required for stable and reliable recognitions.
DATE AND LOT CODES ON LABELS
PERSONALIZATION OF CHIP CARDS
Ensure the correctness of dates, lot codes and other important
product information. Especially in Food or Pharma industry,
expiration and productions dates on labels and packages are
critical for the business and need to be guaranteed.
The production of credit cards, passports or any other kind of
chip card typically contains personalized data. The sensitivity
of these products demands 100% failure free printing of all
personal information on the cards, as well as highest speed
and surface inspection.
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
26
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
surface
transparent
edges
profile/3D
position
characters
RECOGNITION OF DIRECT MARKED
CHARACTERS
MASTER ANY CHALLENGE IN
RECOGNITION
In automotive or glass industry characters are often marked
directly on the part. Stable and reliable inspections on transparent
or shiny materials can be realized by Omron Vision Systems,
thanks to advanced filtering options.
Characters can be printed or marked in many different ways,
fonts, shapes and orientations. The combination of powerful
algorithms, filters and real colour processing together with
strong OCR/OCV tools achieves highest quality and reliability
for character recognition.
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
colour
More on FlexXpect-Pharma/-Labelling page 80
27
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
COLOUR INSPECTION AND DETECTION
Colour enables to enter new applications and is another parameter to make conventional quality
inspections more stable and robust. Real colour functionality allows vision systems to see like or even
more than the human eye.
Omron offers a complete line-up of vision sensors and systems for colour applications, starting from
simple colour identification up to real colour inspections to distinguish minute differences in colour.
The line-up is complemented by Omron’s colour mark sensors for simple, but reliable colour
detections.
REAL COLOUR SENSING
Verify the characters printed on coloured pencils. Real colour sensing
allows to inspect all pencils, by using a single inspection tool with
highest stability. Beside the capability to distinguish minute
differences in the colour, it also allows to ignore colour, where it is
not of interest or disturbing the verification.
More on Xpectia FJ vision system page 80
28
Real colour sensing simplifies the setup & operation, as in many
applications images don’t need to be filtered anymore and there is
no need to setup multiple inspection tools.
Conventional colour vision sensors convert the colour into a filtered
grey scale image for processing, which delivers 256 different
colours, Omron real colour sensing provides up to 16 million colours
to detect minute variations of coloured objects.
Standard colour system: Low contrast, internal processing using
a filtered monochrome image. Xpectia: High contrast, stable
inspections using real-colour sensing
surface
COLOUR IDENTIFICATION
Identify wrong caps on cosmetic bins, by verification of the
colour. Bins with wrong caps can be easily sorted out, eaven
even if they are very similar. The FQ vision sensor is the ideal
solution for simple colour applications.
Easy setup
Real colour sensing
• Simultaneous inspection of further quality criteria
transparent
edges
profile/3D
position
characters
colour
EASY COLOUR AND COLOUR MARK
DETECTIONS OR VERIFICATION
For best value for money for the detection or verification of
colours or coloured marks. OMRON’s colour and colour mark
sensors provide a reliable, easy-to-use and flexible portfolio to
match your application requirements....just choose the performance you need.
•
•
More on FQ easy vision sensor page 32
Scalable colour verification solution (choose the nr of channels
you need)
• Full flexibility for your mounting requirements
•
More on E3X-DAC colour sensor in
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
29
INSPECTION & IDENT SYSTEMS
Simplicity and intuitive user guidance
The demand
The approach
The necessity for quality inspection and control in any production
process is no longer a discussion point. The cost of non quality is much
higher than the investment, which pays for itself within a short time. In
order to further reduce the number and cost of defective goods, there is
a clear trend from having just one inspection at the end of the process
towards several quality checks within or even at the beginning of the
process. The key technology that fills most inspection requirements is
‘Machine Vision’, but do all companies have the required know-how for
vision applications in-house?
Omron offers a complete portfolio of vision products that solve this
problem. Ranging from application-specific vision sensors up to
PC-based vision systems, the portfolio has one common design rule:
keep it simple.The built in monitors or touch screens are easy to use
and avoid an additional PC for setting up while delivering immediate
feedback on results. Moreover, users are shielded from the complexity
of a vision application by intuitive user guidance that navigates them
through the application without the need for expert knowledge on
lighting, optics, filtering, etc..
INSPECTION SYSTEMS
Flexibility
FlexXpect
Xpectia FJ
Xpectia lite
see page 104
FQ
Ease of use
see page 80
see page 70
see page 32
Functionality
30
Inspection & Ident systems
The solution
1
Furthermore, Omron’s platform concept with controllers and cameras
allows you to select the best configuration for your application in an
easy and flexible way. Choose from the easy vision sensor FQ, which
offers an intuitive teach & go procedure. The new mid-range Xpectia
lite for advanced applications requiring features such as multiple
inspections, position correction, intelligent image filtering and Ethernet
communication. For even more challenging applications the high-end
Xpectia FJ combines the benefits of a compact system with the
flexibility of a PC based platform. For code-reading look no further
than the FQ-CR1.
IDENT SYSTEMS (RFID/CODE READER)
RFID
V680
see page 120
2D
V400-H
FQ-CR1
see page 116
V500-R5
1D
see page 114
see page 118
Fixed
Portable
31
FQ VISION SENSOR
Simply guided & crystal clear
Omron defines a new era of simplicity and performance with the new
FQ vision sensor range. Now you can benefit from state-of-the art
technology without complex operation instructions or technical
knowhow. With one-touch control via PC or the intuitive TouchFinder
console, you can access all functions and settings quickly and easily.
Excellent image quality is achieved from even the most challenging
surfaces, with advanced processing tools. And because the FQ Vision
Sensor is available in a wide range of models, you won’t have to
compromise with a choice that has too many or too few features for
your needs. So you can be sure of a best-fit solution for your
particular application.
Real colour sensing:
High power lighting:
HDR sensing:
All RGB gradations (16+ million) are processed
directly. No grayscale conversion or colour
filtering required.
Contrast was once a major issue in image
processing. With the FQ Vision Sensor
however, every image is bright and clear, with
perfect contrast for reliable results.
Variations in lighting conditions can cause
unwanted glare or halation. HDR minimizes
these effects, maximizing the stability of
inspection results, even countering piecetopiece variation or misalignment.
32
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
• One-touch control
• Crystal-clear image quality
• Real Colour Processing (16 million colours)
• Operation via PC or handy TouchFinder screen
• Reliable results on any surface
• Remarkable flexibility – always a perfect match and not
a compromise for your application
Make it sharp:
Simple guided:
Flexible platform:
High performance LEDs and powerful filtering
deliver clear images on even the most difficult
surfaces.
Always know where you are in operation with
the simple navigation menu.
Select the vision sensor that best fits your
application and decide how you want to
operate it.
33
FQ
Inspection systems
Trouble-free Operation On Site
Real-time Threshold Adjustment
The FQ vision sensor allows fast and easy real-time parameter adjustment.
Continuous inspection
Eliminating the need to stop the machine for fine tuning and optimisation
of settings, resulting in zero machine downtime.
Updated
Judgement conditions can be adjusted on the Touch Finder.
Inspection History Logging
Historical results logging is very useful for testing a new line. Samples are
fed down the line and inspection results are logged. The logged data can
be checked on a time scale in graph form and used to adjust judgement
conditions.
Recent Results Logging
File Logging is convenient during operation. Large inspection histories can
be saved in SD cards and used later for traceability.
Displays the most recent 1,000
inspection results in graph form.
File Logging
SD card
SD
card
Up to 10 million measurement values or more
(for a 4-GB SD card)
Up to 10,000 images or more
(for a 4-GB SD card)
Auto Detection
When multiple sensors are connected to the Touch Finder, the display automatically switches to the image of the sensor which has produced an NG
result.
This allows dynamic visualisation of reject conditions.
Automatically NG sensor image is displayed !
34
FQ
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Authentic Vision Technologies are Gathered on FQ
Real Colour Sensing
Most vision sensors on the market operate using greyscale image processing, due to the high demand of processing colour images. However, many
applications may be unsuitable or unstable using greyscale processing due
to the requirement of colour inspection or poor image contrast.
General-purpose vision sensor
Binary image
processing
In order to offer solutions for such issues, the FQ vision sensor combines a
high power processor unit and real-colour processing technology which
enables fast inspections using colour images. The same technology is used
in Omron's flagship model of vision sensors and is widely utilised throughout industry.
1 bit
monochrome image
1
Gray image
processing
8 bit
gray image
Input image
FQ Vision sensor
Real colour image
processing
G
255
24 bit
real colour image
B
255
R
255
HDR Sensing
Glossy & highly reflective surfaces can often result in "halation" or uneven
brightness across an image, coupled with inconsistent workpiece placement inspections can become unstable and unreliable. Such halation is a
result of the narrow dynamic range of standard vision sensors.
General-purpose vision sensor
image by narrow dynamic range
The FQ vision sensor uses Omron's High Dynamic Range (HDR) processing
technology, which increases the dynamic range of the system up to 16
times that of conventional vision sensors.
The result is stable detection of objects which are highly reflective, even if
workpiece placement is not consistent.
FQ Vision Sensor
image by wide dynamic range
Dark
Bright
High Power Lighting
Providing suitable illumination for inspections can often be the deciding
factor between application success or failure. Especially when inspecting
large field of views, even and consistent lighting can be difficult to achieve.
General-purpose vision sensor
In order to handle such issues, a new DR optical system has been developed for the FQ vision sensor. This system effectively uses all of the LED
light to maintain consistent brightness across the field of view at twice the
brightness of previous models.
The FQ vision sensor also has a polarisation filter, to cut off the specular
reflection light which can result from highly reflective objects, resulting in
reliable and consistent inspections.
LED chip
Wasted light
FQ Vision Sensor
Total reflection
DR optical system : Double-reflection optical system
Reflection
Reflection mirror
Reflection
LED chip
The new DR optical system effectively uses all
of the light to achieve twice the brightness of
previous models.
35
FQ
Inspection systems
System Configuration
Standard Configuration
Multiple Connection
Up to 8 Sensors can be connected.
Sensor trigger
FQ
Sensor
Touch Finder
PLC
Touch Finder
Switching Hub
FQ Ethernet
Cables
I/O Cables
Standard RJ45
Ethernet Cables
FQ Ethernet Cables
Power Supply 24 VDC
Note: If you register as a member after purchasing a Sensor, you can download free setup software that runs on a PC and can be used in place of the Touch Finder. Refer to the member registration
sheet for details.
Ordering information
Sensor
300
240
Field of vision
13
Field of vision
7.5
4.7
60
38 to
0
33
13
8.2
8.2
56
to
Field of vision
0
191
29
33
215
Standard
Standard models
153
53
0
Type Narrow View
Single-function
models
53
Field of vision
to
220
970
18
0
32
to
380
Wide View
Single-function
models
Standard models
Long-distance
Short-distance
Single-function
models
Standard models
Single-function
models
Standard models
NPN FQ-S10010F
FQ-S20010F
FQ-S10050F
FQ-S20050F
FQ-S10100F
FQ-S20100F
FQ-S10100N
FQ-S20100N
PNP FQ-S15010F
FQ-S25010F
FQ-S15050F
FQ-S25050F
FQ-S15100F
FQ-S25100F
FQ-S15100N
FQ-S25100N
Note: Tolerance (field of vision): ±10% max.
Touch Finder
Accessories
Type
Order code
Application
DC power supply
FQ-D30
For Sensor
AC/DC/battery
FQ-D31*1
*1
Appearance
Name
Order code
Mounting Bracket
(enclosed with Sensor)
FQ-XL
Polarizing Filter Attachment
(enclosed with Sensor)
FQ-XF1
Panel Mounting Adapter
FQ-XPM
AC Adapter and Battery are sold separately.
Cables
Type
Cable length
FQ Ethernet Cables (connect Sensor to Touch 2 m
Finder, Sensor to PC)
5m
I/O Cables
Order code
FQ-WN002-E
FQ-WN005-E
For Touch
Finder
10 m
FQ-WN010-E
2m
FQ-WD002-E
5m
FQ-WD005-E
FQ-WD010-E
AC Adapter
(for models for DC/AC/Battery)
FQ-AC_*1
10 m
Battery
(for models for DC/AC/Battery)
FQ-BAT1
Touch Pen
(enclosed with Touch Finder)
FQ-XT
Strap
FQ-XH
Industrial switching hubs (Recommended)
Appearance
Number Failure
of ports detection
Current
consumption
Order code
3
None
0.08 A
W4S1-03B
5
None
0.12 A
W4S1-05B
Supported
W4S1-05C
*1
36
AC Adapters for Touch Finder with DC/AC/Battery Power Supply. Select the model for the
country in which the Touch Finder will be used.
Plug type
Voltage
Certified standards
Order code
C
250 V max.
Europlug
FQ-AC4
BF
250 V max.
UK
FQ-AC5
FQ
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Specifications
Item
Type
Single-function models
Standard models
Model
NPN
FQ-S10_
FQ-S20_
PNP
FQ-S15_
FQ-S25_
Field of vision
Refer to the table below.
Installation distance
Refer to the table below.
Image input
Lighting
Data logging
Inspection items
Search, area, average colour, edge position, and edge width
Number of simultaneous inspections
1
32
Position compensation
None
Supported
Number of registered scenes
8
32
Image processing method
Real colour
Image filter
High dynamic range (HDR), polarizing filter (attachment), and white balance
Image elements
1/3-inch colour CMOS
Shutter
1/250 to 1/30,000
Processing resolution
752 x 480
Lighting method
Pulse
Lighting colour
White
Measurement data
In Sensor: 1,000 items (If a Touch Finder is used, results can be saved up to the capacity of an SD card.)
Images
In Sensor: 20 images (If a Touch Finder is used, images can be saved up to the capacity of an SD card.)
Measurement trigger
I/O specifications
Ratings
Environmental immunity
Materials
External trigger (single or continuous)
Input signals
7 signals
• Single measurement input (TRIG)
• Command input (IN0 to IN5)
Output signals
3 signals
• Control output (BUSY)
• Overall judgement output (OR)
• Error output (ERROR)
Note: The three output signals can be allocated for the judgements of individual inspection items.
Ethernet specification
100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
Connection method
Special connector cables
• Power supply and I/O: 1 cable
• Touch Finder and computer: 1 cable
Power supply voltage
20.4 to 26.4 VDC (including ripple)
Current consumption
2.4 A max.
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50°C
Storage: -25 to 65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gas
Degree of protection
IEC 60529 IP67 (with polarizing filter attachment mounted.)
Sensor
PBT, PC, SUS
Mounting Bracket
PBT
Polarizing Filter Attachment
PBT, PC
Ethernet connector
Oil-resistance vinyl compound
I/O connector
Lead-free heat-resistant PVC
Weight
Depends on field of vision and installation distance. Refer to the table below.
Accessories
•
•
•
•
•
Mounting Bracket (FQ-XL) (1)
Polarizing Filter Attachment (FQ-XF1) (1)
Instruction Manual
Quick Startup Guide
Member registration sheet
Installation distance
Weight
PNP
Field of view*1
(Horizontal x Vertical)
FQ-S20010F
FQ-S25010F
7.5x4.7 to 13x8.2 mm
38 to 60 mm
Approx. 160 g
FQ-S20050F
FQ-S25050F
13x8.2 to 53x33 mm
56 to 215 mm
Approx. 160 g
FQ-S15100F
FQ-S20100F
FQ-S25100F
53x33 to 240x153 mm
Long-distance model: 220 to 970 mm
Approx. 150 g
FQ-S15100N
FQ-S20100N
FQ-S25100N
29x18 to 300x191 mm
Short-distance model: 32 to 380 mm
Approx. 150 g
Single-function models
Standard models
NPN
PNP
NPN
FQ-S10010F
FQ-S15010F
FQ-S10050F
FQ-S15050F
FQ-S10100F
FQ-S10100N
*1
1
Main functions
Tolerance: ±10% max.
37
FQ
Inspection systems
Touch Finder
Item
Model with DC power supply
Model with AC/DC/battery power supply
FQ-D30
FQ-D31
Number of connectable Sensors
8 max.
Main functions
Types of measurement displays
Last result display, Last NG display, trend monitor, histograms
Types of display images
Through, frozen, zoom-in, and zoom-out images
Data logging
Measurement results, measured images
Indications
Menu language
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Traditional Chinese, Simplified Chinese, Korean, Japanese
LCD
Display device
3.5-inch TFT colour LCD
Pixels
320 x 240
Display colours
16,777,216
Life expectancy*1
50,000 hours at 25ºC
Brightness adjustment
Provided
Screen saver
Provided
Backlight
Operation interface
Touch screen Method
Life expectancy*2
External interface
Ratings
Environmental immunity
Resistance film
1,000,000
Ethernet
100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
SD card
SDHC-compliant, Class 4 or higher recommended
Power supply voltage
DC power connection: 20.4 to 26.4 VDC (including ripple)
DC power connection: 20.4 to 26.4 VDC (including ripple)
AC adapter connection: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Battery connection: FQ-BAT1 Battery
Continuous operation on Battery*3
---
1.5 h
Power consumption
DC power connection: 0.2 A
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50ºC
Storage: -25 to 65ºC
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gas
Degree of protection
IEC 60529 IP20 (when SD card cover, connector cap, or harness is attached)
Weight
Approx. 270 g (without Battery and hand strap attached)
Materials
Case: ABS, Hand strap: Nylon
Accessories
Touch Pen (FQ-XT), Instruction Manual
Operating: 0 to 50ºC when mounted to DIN Track or panel
Operation on Battery: 0 to 40ºC
Storage: -25 to 65ºC
(with no icing or condensation)
*1
This is a guideline for the time required for the brightness to diminish to half the initial brightness at room temperature and humidity. The life of the backlight is greatly affected by the ambient
temperature and humidity and will be shorter at lower or higher temperatures.
*2
This value is only a guideline. No guarantee is implied. The value will be affected by operating conditions.
*3 This value is only a guideline. No guarantee is implied. The value will be affected by the operating environment and operating conditions.
Battery Specifications
Item
FQ-BAT1
Battery type
Secondary lithium ion battery
Nominal capacity
1,800 mAh
Rated voltage
3.7V
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 40ºC
Storage: -25 to 65ºC (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Charging method
Charged in Touch Finder (FQ-D31). AC adapter (FQ-AC_) is required.
Charging time*1
2.5 h
Battery backup life*2
300 charging cycles
Weight
50 g max.
*1
*2
This value is only a guideline. No guarantee is implied. The value will be affected by operating conditions
This is a guideline for the time required for the capacity of the Battery to be reduced to 60% of the initial capacity. No guarantee is implied. The value will be affected by the operating environment
and operating conditions.
System Requirements for PC tool for FQ
The following Personal Computer system is required to use the software.
OS
Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition/Professional SP2 or higher*1
Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium or higher*1
CPU
Core 2 Duo 1.06 GHz or the equivalent or higher
RAM
1GB min.
HDD
500 MB min. available space*2
Monitor
1,024 x 768 dots min.
*1
*2
38
The Japanese and English versions support only 32-bit OS versions.
Available space is also required separately for data logging.
FQ
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Sensor
FQ-S10010F/-S10050F/-S15010F/-S15050F
FQ-S20010F/-S20050F/-S25010F/-S25050F
Polarizing
Filter Attachment
FQ-S10100F/-S10100N/-S15100F/-S15100N
FQ-S20100F/-S20100N/-S25100F/-S25100N
Polarizing
Filter Attachment
Mounting Bracket
44
Mounting Bracket
44
46
89
9
42
8
Mounting Hole Dimensions
42
20
20±0.1
38
(49)
20±0.1
20
38
32
42
8
15.58
9
38
(57)
15.58
38
(105.58)
3
32
89
32
(11)
(105.58)
45
45
1
1
1
46
4-M4 Depth 6
1/4-20UNC Depth 6
Touch Finder
FQ-D30/-D31
Panel mounting adapter
(36.9)
(2)
3.5
20
27.9
(133.4)
85
23.8
14
52.9
35.5
116
*
85
95
70
33
31.6
116
95
44.5
12.1
(8.1)
13.5
Panel cutout dimensions
15
111±1
27
111±1
17.3
19.2
10
Panel
*
* Provided
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
with FQ-D31 only.
39
FQ-M VISION SENSOR
Smart camera to guide your robot
The new FQ-M series is a vision sensor designed specifically for Pick & Place applications. It comes with
EtherCAT embedded and can be integrated easily into any environment. The FQ-M is compact, fast and includes
an incremental encoder input for easy tracking calibration. Omron’s Sysmac Studio software is the perfect tool
for configuring the FQ-M and is complemented by the TouchFinder console for on-site monitoring.
Easy set-up & integration
Fast detection & high stability
„On-the-fly“ tracking
With intelligent wizards for calibration and
communication integration into your machine is
easier than ever.
The FQ-M communicates with all devices via
EtherCAT, or standard Ethernet. The
communication wizard lets you easily configure
any robot protocol both as a server or as a
client without complex programming.
The FQ-M can detect up to 32 pieces at once
and more than 5000 pieces per minute. The
new contour based search algorithm ensures
the highest reliability.
Synchronized control is even easier, because
the FQ-M vision sensor has an in-built encoder
input for accurate conveyor tracking and easy
calibration. The FQ-M is able to output position
coordinates and the correlative encoder values
and is able to manage the object queue, so that
no object’s coordinates are duplicated.
40
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
• Made specifically for pick & place applications
• Encoder input for conveyor tracking and calibration
• Shape based object detection
• Smart calibration wizard
• Sysmac Studio software for vision system operation and setting
41
FQ-M VISION SENSOR
Easy set-up & integration with motion
Machine control
42
Inspection & Ident systems
1
Programable out put format for your pick & place robot
Configuration as a server or as a client without complex programming.
Sysmac Studio for fast configuration
The Vision Editor of the Sysmac Studio software will help you to
program the optimum vision setting. Intuitive and icon driven
set-up and configuration.
TouchFinder for monitoring on-site
With the intuitive TouchFinder console – which fits in the palm of your
hand – you can access all functions and settings quickly and easily.
43
FQ-M VISION SENSOR
Fast detection and high stability
The new contour based search algorithm offers unique performance for pick & place applications. Changing
lighting conditions, reflection, object inclination or partially hidden objects are no longer a problem. The FQ-M
delivers a stable result even at high speed, no matter how many objects have to be detected at the same time.
Best in class performance
15 ms
Number of objects
30
25
20
15
10
146
Time (ms)
161
* this is based on our own test data
High-speed processing
44
5000 pcs/min with 360° detection.
Only 15 ms time difference, detecting 10 objects or
30 objects at once.
Stable and reliable detection, even if objects are overlapped
or partially hidden.
Changing light conditions have no influence on the
position accuracy.
Inspection & Ident systems
1
Encoder input for simplified calibration & tracking
Step 1 – camera
Step 2 – robot
Step 3 – system
Camera detects all calibration marks.
Robot moves to the calibration marks.
The offset to the camera is registered
through the encoder value.
Camera, conveyor, robot and encoder
are automatically aligned.
Panorama view – Parameter setting for ideal object detection
A panoramic view can be created from
3 different images, allowing easy
parameter optimisation.
First shot
Second shot
Third shot
Objects that overlap within more than
one field of view are segregated and
only inserted in the picking queue once.
First shot
Next shot
The position and orientation of objects 1, 2
and 3 is detected and added to the picking
queue.
Object 2, 3 and 4 are detected, but only
the data of object 4 is evaluated. Position
and orientation of objects 2 and 3 is
ignored because they were already added
to the queue with the shot before.
45
46
FQ-M
FQ-M Vision sensor
The new FQ-M series is a vision sensor designed specifically for Pick & Place applications. It comes with EtherCAT embedded and can be integrated easily into any
environment. The FQ-M is compact, fast and includes an incremental encoder input
for easy tracking calibration. Omron’s Sysmac Studio software is the perfect tool for
configuring the FQ-M and is complemented by the TouchFinder console for on-site
monitoring.
Designed for motion tracking
Made specifically for pick & place applications
Connectivity with EtherCAT/Ethernet
Encoder input for conveyor tracking and calibration
Shape based object detection
Smart calibration wizard
Sysmac Studio software for vision system operation and setting
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
System configuration
EtherCAT connections
Sysmac Studio *
Standard Edition
Vision Edition
EtherCAT Master
+
Touch Finder *
Machine Automation
Controller NJ series
Programmable Controllers
CJ2 CPU Units
FQ-M EtherCAT Cables
(RJ45/M12)
Standard Ethernet Cables
Position Control Units
[email protected]
[email protected]@@-ECT
[email protected]@@-M-ECT
(With built-in EtherCAT slave function)
Industrial Switching Hubs for
EtherNet/IP and Ethernet
Another slave
(With built-in EtherCAT slave function)
FQ-M Ethernet Cables (RJ45/M12)
FQ-M EtherCAT Cables
(M12/M12)
External Lightings
(FL Series)
FQ-M EtherCAT Cables
(M12/RJ45)
FQ-M I/O Cables
Lighting Controllers
FL-TCC1
Power Supply
24 VDC
Trigger input
sensor
Incremental
rotary encoder
PLC for I/O control
Lighting Controller
(FL-STC)
* Sysmac Studio and Touch Finder can not be used together. When both are connected, Sysmac Studio will have a priority.
When you use the Sysmac Studio Standard Edition and connect the FQ series and the Machine Automation Controller NJ-series, connect them with a general-purpose
Ethernet cable or a USB cable.
No-protocol Ethernet and PLC Link Connections
Sysmac Studio *
Vision Edition
Control PLC, Robot Controller, or Motion Controller
Touch Finder *
Programmable Controllers
CJ2 CPU Units
Standard Ethernet Cables
Robot controller
Standard Ethernet Cables
Industrial Switching Hubs for
EtherNet/IP and Ethernet
FQ-M Ethernet Cables
(RJ45/M12)
FQ-M Ethernet Cables (RJ45/M12)
[email protected]@@
[email protected]@@-M
FQ-M I/O Cables
Lighting Controllers
FL-TCC1
External Lightings
(FL Series)
Power Supply
24 VDC
Trigger input
sensor
Incremental
rotary encode
PLC for I/O control
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Lighting Controller
(FL-STC)
* Sysmac Studio and Touch Finder can not be used together.
When both are connected, Sysmac Studio will have a priority.
Note: 1. EtherCAT and Ethernet (PLC Link) can not be used simultaneously.
2. It is not possible to configure and adjust the FQ-M via an NJ-series controller, when they are connected via an EtherCAT network. For configuration and adjustment of FQ-M, connect the
FQ-M and a computer or a Touch Finder via an Ethernet network.
Sysmac is a trademark or registered trademark of OMRON Corporation in Japan and other countries for OMRON factory automation products.
Windows is registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the USA and other countries.
EtherCAT® is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.
Other company names and product names in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
47
FQ-M
Inspection systems
Ordering Information
Sensors
Appearance
Type
Color
Monochrome
Model
NPN
EtherCAT communication function not provided
FQ-MS120
PNP
FQ-MS125
NPN
FQ-MS120-M
PNP
Color
Monochrome
NPN
FQ-MS125-M
EtherCAT communication function provided
FQ-MS120-ECT
PNP
FQ-MS125-ECT
NPN
FQ-MS120-M-ECT
PNP
FQ-MS125-M-ECT
Automation Software Sysmac Studio
Please purchase a DVD and required number of licenses the first time you purchase the Sysmac Studio. DVDs and licenses are available individually. Each model of licenses
does not include any DVD.
Product name
Specifications
Model
Standards
–
DVD
(Media only)
SYSMAC-SE200D
–
1 license*2 –
SYSMAC-SE201L
–
SYSMAC-VE001L
–
Number of Media
licenses
Sysmac Studio
Standard Edition
[email protected]@*1
The Sysmac Studio provides an integrated development environment to set
up, program, debug, and maintain NJ-series Controllers and other Machine
Automation Controllers, as well as EtherCAT slaves.
Sysmac Studio runs on the following OS.
Windows XP (Service Pack 3 or higher, 32-bit version) /
Vista (32-bit version)/7 (32-bit/64-bit version)
The Sysmac Studio Standard Edition DVD includes Support Software to set up
EtherNet/IP Units,
DeviceNet slaves, Serial Communications Units, and Support Software for
creating screens on HMIs (CX-Designer).
For details, refer to the Sysmac Integrated Catalogue (P072).
Sysmac Studio
Vision Edition
[email protected]@
*1
*2
Sysmac Studio Vision Edition is a limited license that provides selected
1 license
functions required for Vision Sensor FQ-M settings.
Because this product is a license only, you need the Sysmac Studio Standard
Edition DVD media to install it.
–
The FQ-M series is supported by Sysmac Studio version 1.01 or higher.
Multi licenses are available for the Sysmac Studio (3, 10, 30, or 50 licenses).
Touch Finder
Appearance
*1
Type
Model
DC power supply
FQ-MD30
AC/DC/battery*1
FQ-MD31
AC Adapter and Battery are sold separately.
Bend resistant Cables for FQ-M Series
Appearance
Type
Model
For EtherCAT and Ethernet cable
Angle: M12/ Straight: RJ45
For EtherCAT and Ethernet cable
Straight type (M12/RJ45)
For EtherCAT cable
Angle type (M12/M12)
For EtherCAT cable
Straight type (M12/M12)
I/O Cables
Angle type
Straight type
48
Cable length: 5 m
FQ-MWNL005
Cable length: 10 m
FQ-MWNL010
Cable length: 5m
FQ-WN005-E
Cable length: 10 m
FQ-WN010-E
Cable length: 5 m
FQ-MWNEL005
Cable length: 10 m
FQ-MWNEL010
Cable length: 5m
FQ-MWNE005
Cable length: 10 m
FQ-MWNE010
Cable length: 5 m
FQ-MWDL005
Cable length: 10 m
FQ-MWDL010
Cable length: 5 m
FQ-MWD005
Cable length: 10 m
FQ-MWD010
FQ-M
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Accessories
Type
For Touch Finder
*1
Model
Panel Mounting Adapter
FQ-XPM
AC Adapter
(for models for DC/AC/Battery)
[email protected]*1
Battery
(for models for DC/AC/Battery)
FQ-BAT1
Touch Pen
(enclosed with Touch Finder)
FQ-XT
Strap
FQ-XH
SD Card (2 GB)
HMC-SD291
1
Appearance
AC Adapters for Touch Finder with DC/AC/Battery Power Supply. Select the model for the country in which the Touch Finder will be used.
Plug type
Voltage
Certified standards
Model
A
125 V max.
PSE
FQ-AC1
UL/CSA
FQ-AC2
250 V max.
CCC mark
FQ-AC3
C
250 V max.
–
FQ-AC4
BF
250 V max.
–
FQ-AC5
O
250 V max.
–
FQ-AC6
Industrial Switching Hubs for EtherNet/IP and Ethernet
Appearance
Number of ports
Failure detection
Current consumption
Model
3
None
0.22 A
W4S1-03B
5
None
0.22 A
W4S1-05B
Supported
W4S1-05C
Note: Industrial switching hubs are cannot be used for EtherCAT.
EtherCAT junction slaves
Appearance
Number of ports
Power supply voltage
Current consumption
Model
3
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
(24 VDC -15 to 20%)
0.08 A
GX-JC03
0.17 A
GX-JC06
6
Note: 1. Please do not connect EtherCAT junction slave with OMRON position control unit, Model [email protected]/@82.
2. EtherCAT junction slaves cannot be used for EtherNet/IP and Ethernet.
Cameras peripheral devices
Type
Cameras peripheral devices
Model
CCTV Lenses
External Lightings
Lighting Controllers
3Z4S-LE Series
FL Series
For FL Series
FL-TCC1
49
FQ-M
Inspection systems
Specifications
Sensors
Item
Model
Type
EtherCAT communication function not provided
EtherCAT communication function provided
Color
Monochrome
Color
Monochrome
NPN
FQ-MS120
FQ-MS120-M
FQ-MS120-ECT
FQ-MS120-M-ECT
PNP
FQ-MS125
FQ-MS125-M
FQ-MS125-ECT
FQ-MS125-M-ECT
Field of vision, Installation distance
Selecting a lens according to the field of vision and installation distance.
Main functions
Inspection items
Shape search, Search, Labeling, Edge position
Number of simultaneous
inspections
32
Number of registered scenes 32
Image input
External Lightings
Data logging
Image processing method
Real color
Monochrome
Real color
Monochrome
Image elements
1/3-inch color CMOS
1/3-inch monochrome CMOS
1/3-inch color CMOS
1/3-inch monochrome CMOS
Image filter
High dynamic range (HDR) and
white balance
High dynamic range (HDR)
High dynamic range (HDR) and
white balance
High dynamic range (HDR)
Shutter
Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/30000 (sec)
Processing resolution
752 (H) ✕ 480 (V)
Pixel size
6.0 ( m) ✕ 6.0 ( m)
Frame rate
(image read time)
60 fps (16.7 ms)
Connecting method
Connection via a strobe light controller
Connectable lighting
FL series
Measurement data
In Sensor: Max. 32000 items*1
Images
In Sensor: 20 images*1
Measurement trigger
I/O specifications
I/O trigger, Encoder trigger, Communications trigger (Ethernet No-protocol, PLC Link, or EtherCAT)
Input signals
9 signals
Single measurement input (TRIG)
Error clear input (IN0)
Encoder counter reset input (IN1)
Encoder input (A±, B±, Z±)*2
Output signals
5 signals*3
OUT0 Overall judgement output (OR)
OUT1 Control output (BUSY)
OUT2 Error output (ERROR)
OUT3 (Shutter output: SHTOUT)
OUT4 (Strobe trigger output: STGOUT)
Ethernet specifications
100BASE-TX/10BASE-TX
EtherCAT specifications
–
Connection method
Special connector cables
Power supply and I/O:
1 special connector I/O cable
Touch Finder, Computer and Ethernet: 1 Ethernet cable
EtherCAT:
2 EtherCAT cable
LED display
Ratings
Environmental
immunity
Dedicated protocol for EtherCAT 100BASE-TX
OR: Judgment result indicator
ERR: Error indicator
BUSY: BUSY indicator
ETN: Ethernet communications indicator
L/A IN (Link/Activity IN) ✕ 1
L/A OUT (Link/Activity OUT) ✕ 1
RUN ✕ 1
ERR ✕ 1
EtherCAT display
–
Power supply voltage
21.6 to 26.4 VDC (including ripple)
Insulation resistance
Between all lead wires and case: 0.5 M
Current consumption
450mA max. (When the FL-series Strobe controller and lighting are used.)
250mA max. (When external lighting is not used.)
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50 °C, Storage: -20 to 65 °C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gas
Vibration resistance
(destruction)
10 to 150 Hz, single amplitude: 0.35 mm, X/Y/Z directions, 8 min each, 10 times
Shock resistance
(destruction)
150 m/s2 3 times each in 6 direction (up, down, right, left, forward, and backward)
Degree of protection
IEC60529 IP40
(at 250 V)
Materials
Case: alminium die casting, Rear cover: alminium plate
Weight
Approx. 390 g (Sensor only)
Accessories
Instruction Manual
*1
*2
*3
50
If a Touch Finder is used, results can be saved up to the capacity of an SD card.
Encoder input specifications.
The five output signals can be allocated for the judgements of individual inspection items.
Approx. 480 g (Sensor only)
FQ-M
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Pulse input Specifications (When an open collector type encoder is used.)
Item
Specification
Input voltage
24 VDC ±10%
12 VDC ±10%
5 VDC ±5%
Input current
4.8 mA (at 24 VDC, typical value)
2.4 mA (at 12 VDC, typical value)
1.0 mA (at 5 VDC, typical value)
ON voltage*1
4.8 V max.
2.4 V max.
1.0 V max.
OFF voltage*2
19.2 V min.
9.6 V min.
4.0 V min.
ON voltage*1
19.2 V min.
9.6 V min.
4.0 V min.
OFF voltage*2
4.8 V max.
2.4 V max.
1.0 V max.
NPN
PNP
Maximum response frequency*3
50 kHz (I/O cable: when the FQ-MWD005 or FQ-MWDL005 cables is used.)
20 kHz (I/O cable: when the FQ-MWD010 or FQ-MWDL010 cables is used.)
Input impedance
5.1 k
ON voltage: Voltage to change from OFF to ON state. The ON voltage is the difference of voltages between the GND terminal of the encoder power terminals and each input terminal.
OFF voltage: Voltage to change from ON to OFF state. The ON voltage is the difference of voltages between the GND terminal of the encoder power terminals and each input terminal.
Select maximum response frequency depending on length of the encoder cable and response frequency of the encoder.
1
*1
*2
*3
Pulse input Specifications (When a line-driver output type encoder is used.)
Item
Specification
Input voltage
EIA standard RS-422-A line driver level
Input impedance*1
120
Differential input voltage
0.2 V min.
Hysteresis voltage
50 mV
Maximum response frequency*2
200 kHz (I/O cable: when the FQ-MWD005, FQ-MWDL005, FQ-MWD010, or FQ-MWDL010 cables is used.)
*1
*2
±5%
When terminating resistance function is used.
Select maximum response frequency depending on length of the encoder cable and response frequency of the encoder.
51
FQ-M
Inspection systems
Touch Finder
Item
Model with DC power supply
Model with AC/DC/battery power supply
Model
Type
FQ-MD30
FQ-MD31
Number of connectable Sensors
2 max.
Main functions
Types of measurement displays
Last result display, Last NG display, trend monitor, histograms
Types of display images
Through, frozen, zoom-in, and zoom-out images
Data logging
Measurement results, measured images
Menu language
Indications
LCD
Backlight
Indicators
Operation interface
External interface
Touch screen
English, Japanese
Display device
3.5-inch TFT color LCD
Pixels
320 ✕ 240
Display colors
16,777,216
Life expectancy*1
50,000 hours at 25°C
Brightness adjustment
Provided
Screen saver
Provided
Power indicator
(color: green)
POWER
Error indicator
(color: red)
ERROR
SD card access indicator
(color: yellow)
SD ACCESS
Charge indicator
(color: orange)
–
Method
Resistance film
Life expectancy*2
1,000,000 operations
Ethernet
100 BASE-TX/10 BASE-T
SD card
Ratings
Environmental
immunity
Environmental
immunity
Power supply voltage
CHARGE
Omron SD card (Model: HMC-SD291) or a SDHC card of Class4 or higher rating is recommended.
DC power connection
20.4 to 26.4 VDC (including ripple)
AC adapter connection
–
100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Battery connection
–
FQ-BAT1 Battery (1 cell, 3.7 V)
Continuous operation on Battery*3
–
1.5 h
Current consumption
DC power connection: 0.2 A
Insulation resistance
Between all lead wires and case: 0.5 M
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50°C
Storage: -25 to 65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gas
Vibration resistance (destruction)
10 to 150 Hz, single amplitude: 0.35 mm, X/Y/Z directions 8 min each, 10 times
Shock resistance (destruction)
150 m/s2 3 times each in 6 direction (up, down, right, left, forward, and backward)
Degree of protection
IEC 60529 IP20
(at 250 V)
Dimensions
95 ✕ 85 ✕ 33 mm
Materials
Case: ABS
Weight
Approx. 270 g (without Battery and hand strap)
Accessories
Touch Pen (FQ-XT), Instruction Manual
*1
Operating: 0 to 50°C when mounted to DIN Track
or panel 0 to 40°C when operated on a Battery
Storage: -25 to 65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
This is a guideline for the time required for the brightness to diminish to half the initial brightness at room temperature and humidity. No guarantee is implied. The life of the backlight is greatly
affected by the ambient temperature and humidity. It will be shorter at lower or higher temperatures.
*2
This value is only a guideline. No guarantee is implied. The value will be affected by operating conditions.
*3 This value is only a guideline. No guarantee is implied. The value will be affected by the operating environment and operating conditions.
52
FQ-M
Item
Model
Sysmac Studio
FQ-BAT1
Item
Requirement
Battery type
Secondary lithium ion battery
Nominal capacity
1800 mAh
Operating system (OS)*1, *2
Japanese or English system
Rated voltage
3.7 V
Windows XP (Service Pack 3 or higher,
32-bit version) /Vista (32-bit version) /
7 (32-bit/64-bit version)
Dimensions
35.3 ✕ 53.1 ✕ 11.4 mm
CPU
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 40°C
Storage: -25 to 65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Windows computers with Celeron 540
(1.8 GHz) or faster CPU.
Core i5 M520 (2.4 GHz) or equivalent or
faster recommended
Main memory
2GB min.
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85%
(with no condensation)
Hard disk
At least 1.6 GB of available space*3
Charging method
Charged in Touch Finder (FQ-MD31).
AC adapter ([email protected]) is required.
Display
XGA 1024 ✕ 768, 1600 million colors.
WXGA 1280 ✕ 800 min. recommended
Disk drive
DVD-ROM drive
Communications ports
USB port corresponded to USB 2.0,
or Ethernet port
Charging time*1
Battery backup life
2.0 h
*2
Weight
300 charging cycles
50 g max.
1
Battery Specifications
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
*1
*1
This value is only a guideline. No guarantee is implied. The value will be affected by operating
conditions.
*2
This is a guideline for the time required for the capacity of the Battery to be reduced to 60%
of the initial capacity. No guarantee is implied.The value will be affected by the operating environment and operating conditions.
Sysmac Studio Operating System Precaution:
System requirements and hard disk space may vary with the system environment.
The following restrictions apply when Sysmac Studio is used with Microsoft Windows Vista or
Windows 7.
Some Help files cannot be accessed.
The Help files can be accessed if the Help program distributed by Microsoft for Windows
(WinHlp32.exe) is installed. Refer to the Microsoft homepage listed below or contact Microsoft
for details on installing the file. (The download page is automatically displayed if the Help files
are opened while the user is connected to the Internet.)
http://support.microsoft.com/kb/917607/en-us
*3
To use the file logging function, additional memory area to save the logging data is necessary.
*2
FQ-M Series EtherCAT Communications Specifications
Item
Specifications
Communications standard
IEC 61158 Type12
Physical layer
100BASE-TX (IEEE802.3)
Connector
M12 ✕ 2
E-CAT IN: EtherCAT (IN)
E-CAT OUT: EtherCAT (OUT)
Communications media
Use the cables for [email protected]@, or [email protected]@ series.
Communications distance
Use the communication cable within the length of [email protected]@ or [email protected]@ series cables.
Process data
Variable PDO Mapping
Mailbox (CoE)
Emergency messages, SDO requests, SDO responses, and SDO information
Distributed clock
Synchronization with DC mode 1
LED display
L/A IN (Link/Activity IN) ✕ 1, L/A OUT (Link/Activity OUT) ✕ 1, RUN ✕ 1, ERR ✕ 1
Version Information
FQ-M Series and Programming Devices
FQ-M Series
Required Programming Device
Sysmac Studio Standard Edition/Vision Edition
[email protected]@@(-M)
[email protected]@@(-M)-ECT
Ver.1.00
Ver.1.01 or higher
Not supported
Supported
53
FQ-M
Inspection systems
Components and Functions
Sensor
(10)
(6)
(2)
(9)
(11)
(8)
(5)
(4)
(1)
(7)
(3)
(7)
No. Name
Description
No. Name
Description
(1) I/O Cable connector
An I/O Cable is used to connect the
Sensor to the power supply and external I/O.
(9) Strobe controller
connection holes
Install the strobe controller in this part. FL-TCC1 can be
mounted.
(2) Ethernet connector
An Ethernet cable is used to connect the Sensor to
external devices such as PLCs, the Touch Finder, or
computers.
(10) Measurement OR
process
ETN
Operation
ERROR
indicators
BUSY
Lit in orange while OR signal is ON.
(11) EtherCAT
Operation
indicators
L/A IN
Lit in green when Link with EtherCAT
device is established and flickers in green when
communicating (data IN).
L/A OUT
Lit in green when Link with EtherCAT
device is established and flickers in green when
communicating (data OUT).
ECAT RUN
Lit in green when EtherCAT communication is available.
ECAT ERROR
Lit in red when an EtherCAT communications error
occurs.
(3) Lighting connector
Connect an external lighting (strobe controller).
(4) EtherCAT connector (IN)
*1
Connect an EtherCAT compatible device.
(5) EtherCAT connector (OUT)*1
(6) Node address switch
Connect an EtherCAT compatible device.
*1
Set the node address for EtherCAT communications.
(7) Installation holes
Holes to install and secure the camera.
(8) C-mount lens connection part Install the C-mount lens in this part.
Determine the field of view depending on the
measurement target and select a suitable CCTV lens
(C-mounting lens).
*1
Lit in orange while in Ethernet communications.
Lit in red when an error occurs.
Lit in green while the sensor is processing.
[email protected]@@-ECT and [email protected]@@-M-ECT only.
Touch Finder
(6)
(7)
(3)
(1)
(4)
(2)
(5)
(11)
(8)
(9)
(12)
(10)
No. Name
(1) Operation
indicators
Description
No. Name
Description
POWER
Lights green when the Touch Finder is turned ON.
(6) Touch pen holder
ERROR
Lights red when an error occurs.
The touch pen can be stored here when it is not being
used.
SD ACCESS
Lights yellow when an SD card is inserted.
Flashes yellow when the SD card is
being accessed.
(7) Touch pen
Used to operate the touch panel.
(8) DC power supply connector
Used to connect a DC power supply.
(9) Slider
Used to mount the Touch Finder to a DIN Track.
Lights orange when the Battery is charging.
(10) Ethernet port
Used when connecting the Touch Finder to the Sensor
with an Ethernet cable.
Insert the connector until it locks in place.
This is a holder for attaching the strap.
CHARGE*1
(2) LCD/touch panel
Displays the setting menu, measurement results, and
images input by the camera.
(3) SD card slot
An SD card can be inserted.
(11) Strap holder
(4) Battery cover*
The Battery is inserted behind this cover.
Remove the cover when mounting or
removing the Battery.
(12) AC power supply connector*1 Used to connect the AC adapter.
(5) Power supply switch
*1
54
Applicable to the FQ-MD31 only.
The Battery is inserted behind this cover.
Remove the cover when mounting or
removing the Battery.
*1
Applicable to the FQ-MD31 only.
FQ-M
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Sensor
FQ-MS120/MS120-M
FQ-MS125/MS125-M
FQ-MS120-ECT/MS120-M-ECT
FQ-MS125-ECT/MS125-M-ECT
MOUNTING SCREW HOLES (1)
MOUNTING SCREW HOLES (1)
25.4
OPTICAL AXIS
25.4
98±0.1
OPTICAL AXIS
98±0.1
50±0.1
50±0.1
50
50
25
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
25
4-4.5 dia.
4-4.5 dia.
4.6
4-M4 DEPTH 8.5 max.
4.6
4-M4 DEPTH 8.5 max.
98
1
98
4.55
50.5
50.5
15.05
15.05
12.5
(5)
5
6-M2 DEPTH 4.5 max.
12.5
(5)
5
6-M2 DEPTH 4.5 max.
10.35
10.35
28
28
23.45
23.45
110
110
(30)
(30)
10.7
MOUNTING SCREW HOLES (2)
4-4.5 dia.
33
63
36
75
30±0.1
8.7
30
18
36±0.1
36
OPTICAL AXIS
4-M4 DEPTH 7 max.
4-4.5 dia.
18
75
30±0.1
10.7
MOUNTING SCREW HOLES (2)
4-M4 DEPTH 7 max.
36±0.1
25.25
OPTICAL AXIS
33
63
8.7
30
22.08
22.08
Touch Finder
FQ-MD30/MD31
Panel Mounting Adapter*2
(36.9)
(2)
3.5
31.6
20
116
95
44.5
*1
95
70
33
116
(133.4)
85
85
35.5
52.9
14
27.9
23.8
(8.1)
13.5
Panel Cutout Dimensions
15
12.1
111±1
27
10
17.3
19.2
111±1
Panel
*1
*1 Provided
with FQ-MD31 only.
*2 The dimension of the panel mounting adapter does not include that of a [email protected]@.
55
FQ-M
Inspection systems
Cables
● For EtherCAT and Ethernet cable
Angle:M12/ Straight:RJ45
FQ-MWNL005/010
14.8 dia.
L*
36.3
(56.5)
12 dia.
(5)
19.5 dia.
35
(14.6)
(5)
35
6.5 dia.
30.9
(14)
19.5 dia.
ANGLED CONNECTOR M12
ETHERNET CONNECTOR RJ45
* Cable is available in 5 m/10 m.
Straight type (M12/RJ45)
FQ-WN005/010-E
L*
(44.7)
(5)
(54.7)
19.5 dia.
35
(5)
35
6.5 dia.
(14.9 dia.)
(19.9)
19.5 dia.
CIRCULAR CONNECTOR M12
ETHERNET CONNECTOR RJ45
* Cable is available in 5 m/10 m.
● For EtherCAT cable
Angle type (M12/M12)
FQ-MWNEL005/010
14.8 dia.
L*
36.3
36.3
12 dia.
(5)
19.5 dia.
35
(5)
35
6.5 dia.
30.9
19.5 dia.
ANGLED CONNECTOR M12
ANGLED CONNECTOR M12
* Cable is available in 5 m/10 m.
Straight type (M12/M12)
FQ-MWNE005/010
L*
(44.7)
(19.5 dia.)
(5)
(14.9 dia.)
35
35
CIRCULAR CONNECTOR M12
21 dia.
L*
29.95
(5)
35
8.5 dia.
41.7
19.5 dia.
ANGLED CONNECTOR M15
* Cable is available in 5 m/10 m.
Straight type
FQ-MWD005/010
L*
(53.5)
(5)
35
8.5 dia.
19.5 dia.
(21 dia.)
CIRCULAR CONNECTOR M15
* Cable is available in 5 m/10 m.
56
(5)
(14.9 dia.)
CIRCULAR CONNECTOR M12
* Cable is available in 5 m/10 m.
● I/O Cables
Angle type
FQ-MWDL005/010
(44.7)
(19.5 dia.)
FQ-M
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Optical Chart
10,000
t0
t2
3Z4S-LE
t0
t5
t20
t15
t30
t40
1
Camera distance (mm)
ML-7527
ML-10035
t10
1,000
t50
t60
t2
t5
t10
t15
t50
t20
t30
t40
200
2
10
100
400
10,000
Field of vision (mm)
t0
t0
t0
t0
Camera distance (mm)
ML-0614
ML-0813
ML-1214
ML-1614
ML-2514
ML-3519
ML-5018
t0
t1
1,000
t2
t5
t35
t30 t25
t4
t20
t25
t20 t15
100
t20
t1
t15
t5
t1
t0.5
t1.5
t5
t
t1
t10
t1.5
t5
t2
t10
t1.5
t0
t0.5
t1
t2
t10
t15
t0
t
t2
3Z4S-LE
t1
t0.5
t0.5
t1
30
2
10
100
1,000
Field of vision (mm)
Meaning of Optical Chart
The X axis of the optical chart shows the field of vision (mm) *1, and the Y axis of the optical chart shows the camera installation distance (mm).*2
Field of vision (mm)
Camera
Extension Tube
thickness: t (mm)
Y
Lens
Field of vision
X
Camera distance (mm)
*1. The lengths of the fields of vision given in the optical charts
are the lengths of the Y axis.
*2. The vertical axis represents WD for small cameras.
WD (mm)
Field of vision (mm)
Related Manuals
Cat. No.
Model number
Manual
Z314
[email protected]@@(-M)
[email protected]@@(-M)-ECT
Specialized Vision Sensor for Positioning FQ-M-Series User's Manual
W504
[email protected]@@@@@
Sysmac Studio OPERATION MANUAL
57
FZM1 VISION SYSTEM
Tailored for pick & place
The Omron Vision Sensor FZM1 is optimized to detect in high speed and high accuracy the position and
orientation of any object.
New generation image processing technologies and an intuitive user interface optimized for positioning
applications. High speed communication via EtherCAT or UDP enables an easy interworking with motion
components from Omron and other vendors.
Positioning with Alignment Mark
Positioning with Corner Detection
EC Cross
EC Circle
Dirty
EC Image Processing
ECM Search
58
Rounded or Broken Corner
Overlapping
Positioning by Shape of object
Printing Mistake
EC Corner
Dirt
EC Edge Code
With EC image processing, the measurement object is recognized as a
geometric shape to minimize offsets in the detection position caused by
light interference or dirt. This achieves stable, accurate position detection.
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
• Stable measurements under changing conditions: difference of the work piece,
dust and dirt, and changing ambient environment
• Shape based option positioning: separation of attached objects, detection of
partially hidden objects, compensation of rounded or broken edges
• Alignment and quality inspection in one system: inspection of scratches and
defects, detection of dirty or overlapping objects, edge and corner breakage
inspection, and automatic calibration for robots, XY and UVW stages
• Flexible camera installation: use different fields of vision and install at any angle
59
60
FZM1
FZM1 Vision system
The Omron Vision Sensor FZM1 is optimized to detect in high speed and high accuracy the position and orientation of any object. New generation image processing
technologies and an intuitive user interface optimized for positioning applications.
High speed communication via EtherCAT or UDP enables an easy interworking with
motion components from Omron and other vendors.
Tailored for pick & place
Alignment and quality inspection in one system
High speed and precise positioning
Connectivity with EtherCAT/Ethernet
Shape based object positioning
Stable measurements under changing conditions
Automatic calibration for robots
Flexible camera installation
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ordering Information
Item
Controllers
Cameras
Descriptions
Standard Controllers with
EtherCAT interfase
Box-type Controllers
High-speed Cameras
300,000 Pixels
Digital cameras
300,000 Pixels
2 million pixels
Two-camera
controllers
Monochrome
NPN
Remarks
Order code
---
FZM1-350-ECT
PNP
FZM1-355-ECT
Lens required
FZ-SH
Color
FZ-SHC
Monochrome
FZ-S
Color
FZ-SC
Monochrome
FZ-S2M
Color
Small digital
cameras
Intelligent cameras
Autofocus cameras
FZ-SC2M
300,000-pixel
flat type
Monochrome
CCTV lens required
Color
FZ-SFC
300,000-pixel
pen type
Monochrome
FZ-SF
FZ-SP
Wide field of vision
Color
Color
FZ-SPC
FZ-SLC100
Narrow field of vision
Camera + Zoom, Autofocus Lens +
Intelligent Lighting
Wide field of vision
Camera + Zoom, Autofocus Lens
FZ-SZC100
Narrow field of vision
Cameras periph- Intelligent camera diffusion plate Wide field of vision
eral devices
Narrow field of vision
FZ-SLC15
FZ-SZC15
---
FZ-SLC100-DL
FZ-SLC15-DL
CCTV Lenses
---
Extension Tubes
---
Low-distortion Lenses
Low distortion lens for 2-million pixel cameras
FZ-LEH5/LEH8/LEH12/LEH16/LEH25/
LEH35/LEH50/LEH75/LEH100
Lenses for small camera
Lens for 300,000-pixel small cameras
FZ-LES3/LES6/LES16/LES30
Extension Tubes for small camera
Extension Tubes for 300,000-pixel small cameras FZ-LESR
Camera Cable
Cable length: 2 m, 5 m, or 10 m*1
FZ-VS
Bend resistant Camera Cables
Cable length: 2 m, 5 m, or 10 m*2
FZ-VSB
Right-angle Camera Cable*3
Cable length: 2 m, 5 m, or 10 m*1
FZ-VSL
Long-distance camera cable
Cable length: 15 m*4
FZ-VS2
Long-distance right-angle camera cable
Cable length: 15 m*4
FZ-VSL2
Cable extension unit
Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be FZ-VSJ
connected. (Maximum cable length: 45 m*5)
Monitor cable
Cable length: 2 m or 5 m
FZ-VM
Parallel cable
Cable length: 2 m or 5 m
FZ-VP
Cable length: 2 m or 5 m, Connector type
FZ-VPX*6
For Box-type Controllers
FZ-M08
Capacity: 1 GB
FZ-MEM1G
Mouse
Recommended Products (Optical Mouse)
Microsoft Corporation: Compact Optical Mouse,
U81 Series
---
External Lightings
---
3Z4S-LT Series
Cables
Peripheral devices
LCD monitor
USB memory
1GB
3Z4S-LE Series
FZ-LT Series
Strobe Controllers
For 3Z4S-LT Series
Required to control external
lighting from a Controller
One channel
For FZ-LT Series
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
Manufactured by
MORITEX Corporation
3Z4S-LT MLEK-C100E1TS2
FZ-LTA100
Two channels
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
FZ-LTA200
The 10-m cable cannot be used for the intelligent camera, autofocus camera and 5 million-pixel camera.
The 10-m cable cannot be used for the intelligent camera, autofocus camera 2 million-pixel camera and 5 million-pixel camera.
This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.
The 15-m cable cannot be used for the intelligent camera, autofocus camera and 5 million-pixel camera.
The maximum cable length depends on the Camera being connected, and the model and length of the Cable being used. For further information, please refer to the "Cameras /Cables" table in Page 17.
Scheduled for release soon. Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units can be connected (Recommended Products: OMRON XW2B-50G4/50G5, XE2D-50G6)
61
FZM1
Inspection systems
FZ3-UAL Positioning Software for FZ3-series Vision Sensors
The FZ3-UAL Positioning Software (sold separately) can be used to install FZM1-series positioning menus and processing items in FZ3-series Controllers. Although EtherCAT
communications is not supported, all other FZM1-series functions can be used. Ask your OMRON representative for details.
High-resolution, Low-distortion Lenses
Lens model
FZ-LEH5
FZ-LEH8
FZ-LEH12
FZ-LEH16
FZ-LEH25
FZ-LEH35
FZ-LEH50
FZ-LEH75
FZ-LEH100
Appearance
42 dia.
38.7
34 dia.
34 dia.
41.6
37.0
33 dia.
36.5
33 dia.
34 dia.
39.5
36.5
34 dia.
55.0
36 dia.
51.0
42 dia.
Focal length
5 mm
8 mm
12.5 mm
16 mm
25 mm
35 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
Brightness
F2.8
F1.4
F1.4
F1.4
F1.4
F2
F2.8
F2.5
F2.8
Filter size
M40.5 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M34.0 P0.5
M40.5 P0.5
3Z4S-LE
ML-0614
3Z4S-LE
ML-0813
3Z4S-LE
ML-1214
3Z4S-LE
ML-1614
3Z4S-LE
ML-2514
3Z4S-LE
ML-3519
3Z4S-LE
ML-5018
3Z4S-LE
ML-7527
3Z4S-LE
ML-10035
70.0
CCTV Lenses
Lens model
Appearance
30 dia.
30
30 dia.
34.5
30 dia.
34.5
30 dia.
24.5
30 dia.
30 dia.
24.5
32 dia.
29
37
32 dia.
42.5
32 dia.
Focal length
6 mm
8 mm
12 mm
16 mm
25 mm
35 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
Brightness
F1.4
F1.3
F1.4
F1.4
F1.4
F1.9
F1.8
F2.7
F3.5
Filter size
M27 P0.5
M25.5 P0.5
M27 P0.5
M27 P0.5
M27 P0.5
M27 P0.5
M30.5 P0.5
M30.5 P0.5
M30.5 P0.5
FZ-LES6
FZ-LES16
FZ-LES30
43.9
Lenses for small camera
Lens model
FZ-LES3
Appearance
12 dia.
16.4
12 dia.
19.7
12 dia.
23.1
12 dia.
Focal length
3 mm
6 mm
16 mm
30 mm
Brightness
F2.0
F2.0
F3.4
F3.4
25.5
Extension Tubes
Precautions
Model
3Z4S-LE-ML-EXR
Contents
Set of 7 tubes (40 mm, 20 mm, 10 mm, 5 mm, 2.0 mm, 1.0 mm, and 0.5 mm)
Maximum outer diameter: 30 mm dia.
Extension Tubes for small camera
Model
FZ-LESR
Contents
Set of 3 tubes (15 mm, 10 mm, 5 mm)
Maximum outer diameter: 12 mm dia.
• Do not use the 0.5-mm, 1.0-mm, and 2.0-mm Extension Tubes attached to each
other. Since these Extension Tubes are placed over the threaded section of the
Lens or other Extension Tube, the connection may loosen when more than one
0.5-mm, 1.0-mm or 2.0-mm Extension Tube are used together.
• Reinforcement may be required for combinations of Extension Tubes exceeding
30 mm if the Camera is subject to vibration.
System configuration
Camera
PLC with EtherCAT interface
Power
unit
CJ-Series
CPU unit
Position control unit
with EtherCAT interfase
Input device
Mouse or
Trackball
USB
EtherCAT
Slave device
PC
Ethernet
RS-232C
Parallel I/O
PLC
62
Analogue RGB
RGB monitor
FZM1
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Ratings and Specifications
Standard Controllers with EtherCAT interface
NPN Output
FZM1-350-ECT
PNP Output
FZM1-355-ECT
Connected Camera
High-speed Cameras, Digital cameras, Small digital cameras, Intelligent camera, or Autofocus cameras
No. of Cameras
Processing resolution
2
When connected to a 300,000-pixel
camera
640 (H)  480 (V)
When connected to a 2 million-pixel
camera
1600 (H)  1200 (V)
No. of scenes
Number of logged
images*1
32
When connected to a Connected to
300,000-pixel camera 1 camera
Color camera: 250, Monochrome Camera: 252
Connected to
2 cameras
Color camera: 125, Monochrome Camera: 126
When connected to a Connected to
2 million-pixel
1 camera
camera
Connected to
2 cameras
1
Model
Color camera: 40, Monochrome Camera: 40
Color camera: 20, Monochrome Camera: 20
Operation
Mouse or similar device
Settings
Create series of processing steps by editing the flowchart (Help messages provided).
Serial communications
RS-232C/422A: 1CH
Network communications
Ethernet 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
EtherCAT communications
Protocol only for EtherCAT communication 100BASE-TX
Parallel I/O
13 input (RESET, ENCTRG_A, ENCTRG_B, STEP/ENCTRG_Z, DSA, and DI0 to 7)
24 output (RUN, BUSY, GATE, OR, READY, ERROR, STGPUT0 to 1, and DO0 to 15)
Monitor interface
Analog RGB video output, 1 channel
(Resolution: XGA 1,024  768 dots)
USB interface
4 channels (supports USB 1.1 and 2.0)
Power supply voltage
Current
consumption*2
20.4 to 26.4 VDC
When connected to a intelligent or
autofocus camera
5 A max.
When connected to a 300,000-pixel
camera
3.7 A max.
When connected to a 2 million-pixel
camera
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 45C, 0 to 50C*3, Storage: -20 to 65 C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 1.9 kg
Accessories
Please Read First, Instruction manual (Setup)
*1
*2
*3
The number of logged images will vary when connecting multiple Cameras with different models.
When the strobe controller is connected to the lights, the controller uses power as much as it does when connected to the intelligent camera.
The operating mode can be switched from the Controller Menu settings.
High-speed Cameras
Model
FZ-SH
Image elements
Interline transfer reading all pixels, 1/3-inch CCD image elements
FZ-SHC
Color/Monochrome
Monochrome
Effective pixels
640 (H)  480 (V)
Pixel size
7.4 (m)  7.4 (m)
Shutter function
Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/50,000 s
Partial function
12 to 480 lines
Frame rate (image read time)
204 fps (4.9ms)
Field of vision
Selecting a lens according to the field of vision and installation distance
Color
Installation distance
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 40C
Storage: -25 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 105 g
Accessories
Instruction manual
63
FZM1
Inspection systems
Intelligent cameras, autofocus cameras
Model
FZ-SLC100
Image elements
Interline transfer reading all pixels, 1/3-inch CCD image elements
FZ-SLC15
Color/Monochrome
Color
Effective pixels
640 (H)  480 (V)
Pixel size
7.4 (m)  7.4 (m)
Shutter function
Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/50,000 s
Partial function
12 to 480 lines
Frame rate (image read time)
80 fps (12.5 ms)
Field of vision*1
13 to 100 mm*2
*2
FZ-SZC100
2.9 to 14.9 mm*2
Installation distance
70 to 190 mm
LED class*3 (lighting)
Class 2
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50C
Storage: -25 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 670 g
Accessories
Instruction manual and hexagonal wrench
*1
*2
*3
35 to 55 mm
*2
FZ-SZC15
13 to 100 mm*2
77.5 to 197.5 mm
2.9 to 14.9 mm*2
*2
47.5 to 67.5 mm
---
Approx. 700 g
Approx. 500 g
The length of the visual field is the lengths along the Y axis.
Tolerance: ±5% max.
Applicable standards: IEC 60825-1: 1993 + A1: 1997 + A2-2001, EN 60825-1: 1994 + A1: 2002 + A2: 2001
Digital cameras
Model
FZ-S
Image elements
Interline transfer reading all pixels
FZ-SC
1/3-inch CCD image elements
FZ-S2M
FZ-SC2M
1/1.8-inch CCD image elements
Color/Monochrome
Monochrome
Color
Effective pixels
640 (H)  480 (V)
Monochrome
1600 (H)  1200 (V)
Pixel size
7.4 (m)  7.4 (m)
4.4 (m)  4.4 (m)
Shutter function
Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/50,000 s
Partial function
12 to 480 lines
12 to 1200 lines
Frame rate (image read time)
80 fps (12.5 ms)
30 fps (33.3 ms)
Field of vision, installation distance
Selecting a lens according to the field of vision and installation distance
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50C
Storage: -25 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx.55 g
Accessories
Instruction manual
Color
Operating: 0 to 40C
Storage: -25 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Approx. 76 g
Small digital cameras
Model
FZ-SF
Image elements
Interline transfer reading all pixels, 1/3-inch CCD image elements
FZ-SFC
Color/Monochrome
Monochrome
Effective pixels
640(H)  480(V)
Pixel size
7.4 (m)  7.4 (m)
Shutter function
Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/50,000 s
Partial function
12 to 480 lines
Frame rate (image read time)
80 fps (12.5 ms)
Field of vision, installation distance
Selecting a lens according to the field of vision and installation distance
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50C (camera amp)
0 to 45C (camera head)
Storage: -25 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx.150 g
Accessories
Instruction manual, installation bracket,
Four mounting brackets (M2)
Color
FZ-SP
FZ-SPC
Monochrome
Color
Instruction manual
LCD Monitor
Model
FZ-M08
Size
8.4 inches
Type
Liquid crystal color TFT
Resolution
1,024  768 dots
Input signal
Analog RGB video input, 1 channel
Power supply voltage
21.6 to 26.4 VDC
Current consumption
Approx. 0.7 A max.
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50C Storage: -25 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 1.2 kg
Accessories
Instruction manual and Four mounting brackets
64
FZM1
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Cable Extension Unit
Model
FZ-VSJ
Power supply voltage*1
11.5 to 13.5 VDC
Current consumption*2
1.5 A max.
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50C Storage: -25 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Maximum Units connectable
2 Units per Camera
Weight
Approx. 240 g
Accessories
Instruction manual and 4 mounting screws
*1
*2
A power supply must be connected to the Strobe Controller and Camera when connecting a FZ-SLC100/SLC15/SZC100/SZC15 and using a Strobe Controller (3Z4S-LT MLEK-C100E1TS2.)
The current consumption is when every Camera and Strobe Controller is connected to a power supply.
1
Camera Cables
Model
FZ-VS (2 m)
Shock resistiveness (durability)
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.15 mm 3 directions, 8 strokes, 4 times
FZ-VSB (2 m)
FZ-VSL (2 m)
Ambient temperature range
Operation and storage: 0 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operation and storage: 40% to 70% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Material
Cable sheath, connector: PVC
Minimum bending radius
69 mm
81 mm
69 mm
Weight
approx. 170g
approx. 220g
approx. 170g
Long-distance Camera Cables
Model
FZ-VS2 (15 m)
Shock resistiveness (durability)
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.15 mm 3 directions, 8 strokes, 4 times
FZ-VSL2 (15 m)
Ambient temperature range
Operation and storage: 0 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operation and storage: 40% to 70% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Material
Cable sheath, connector: PVC
Minimum bending radius
93 mm
Weight
approx. 1600g
Monitor Cable
Model
FZ-VM
Vibration resistiveness
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.15 mm 3 directions, 8 strokes, 4 times
Ambient temperature range
Operation: 0 to 50C Storage: -20 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operation and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Material
Cable sheath: heat-resistant PVC Connector: PVC
Minimum bending radius
75 mm
Weight
approx. 170g
Parallel Cable
Model
FZ-VP
Vibration resistiveness
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.15 mm 3 directions, 8 strokes, 4 times
FZ-VPX
Ambient temperature range
Operation: 0 to 50C Storage: -20 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operation and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Material
Cable sheath: heat-resistant PVC Connector: resin
Minimum bending radius
75 mm
Weight
approx. 160g
approx. 180g
Connection Table
Cameras /Cables Connection Table
Type of camera
Camera Cables
Right-angle camera cables
Bend resistant camera cables
Long-distance camera cable
Long-distance right-angle camera cable
Cable
length
Intelligent cameras
Autofocus cameras
High-speed
cameras
Digital cameras
300,000-pixel
2 million-pixel
Small digital cameras
Pen type / flat type
2m





5m





10 m
–




2m





5m





10 m
–


–

15 m
–




Order code
FZ-VS
FZ-VSL
FZ-VSB
FZ-VS2
FZ-VSL2
65
FZM1
Inspection systems
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Controllers
[email protected]
165
90
Four, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 6 mm
17
(68)
(68)
80
80
Four, M4
mounting holes
17 with a depth of
6 mm
190
126
126
33
11
8
11
(15.45)
(6.8)
Four, M4 mounting holes
with a depth of 6 mm
Four, 20 dia.
13
18
64
54
26
Cameras
 High-speed Cameras
FZ-SH
FZ-SHC
14.5
25
Four, R3
Three, M2 mounting
holes with a depth
of 3.0 mm
16.8
35
17.5
48.2
10.5
36 dia.
28
17.5
(1)
7
9.5
1/4” 20UNC with a
depth of 5.5 mm
8.3
 Small digital cameras
Camera head
Flat camera
FZ-SF
FZ-SFC
28
6.5
24
9.5
12
C mount
Three, M2 mounting holes
with a depth of 3.0 mm
10.5
5.5
9.5
1/4” 20UNC with a
depth of 5.5 mm
16
11.5
34
4.5
22
Two-4.3dia.
16.9
13.5
3
26
9.2
(From ccd
surface)
17
33
12
M10.5
10
5.5
12
17
11.5
22
M10.5
43.5
37
43
11.5
Eight, M1.7 mounting holes
with a depth of 1.5 mm
7.5
7.5
28
(6.5)
(8.8 dia.)
16pin round connector
12
28
12.7 9.6
3000
(6.5)
22
12.5 dia.
9
9.2
(From ccd surface)
3 dia.
12
3 dia.
16
6
Four,
4.3 dia.
Three, M2
mounting holes
with a depth
of 3.0 mm
3000
44
3
12
9.5
40.5
Four, M1.7 mounting holes
with a depth of 1.5 mm
3.4
53.5
47
29
Camera amplifier
Can be used for both flat cameras
and pen-shaped cameras
9
8
29
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 5.5 mm
1/4” 20UNC with
a depth of 5.5 mm
Pen-shaped camera
FZ-SP
FZ-SPC
26
10.5
28
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 5.5 mm
40.9
14.5
Three, M2 mounting holes
with a depth of 3.0 mm
9.5±0.1 9.5±0.1
10.5
5.5
33.5
24
9.5
15.5
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 5.5 mm
46.5
40
22
12
C mount
6.5
1”-32UNF
(C mount)
34
10.5
14.5
12
Three, M2 mounting
holes with a depth
of 3.0 mm
12
28
14
2 million-pixel camera
FZ-S2M
FZ-SC2M
14.5 22
14.5
30 dia.
35
(39)
100
 Digital cameras
300,000-pixel camera
FZ-S
FZ-SC
Four, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 4 mm
30.2
11.5
(20.7)
(8.5)
6.5
Three, M2 mounting
holes with a depth of 3.0 mm
24
20
7.5 9.5 9.5
Two, M3 mounting holes
with a depth of 4 mm
43
33.5
2.5
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 5.5 mm
16pin round connector
1/4” 20UNC with a
depth of 5.5 mm
12.5 dia.
 Intelligent camera
FZ-SLC15
 Auto focus camera
FZ-SZC15
FZ-SZC100
FZ-SLC100
68
72.2
68
100
90
106.5
37.5
100
45.0
27.5
37.5
95
27.5
28
2
(5.2)
78.2
92.4
50
40
50
40
33
101.5
(47)
2
28
28
(5.2)
73.2
87.4
10±0.1
68
30 93 M39X0.5
89.5
35
45.2
(47)
10
20±0.1
10.5
25
7.4
53
Two, M4 mounting holes
with a depth of 8.0 mm
58
66
1/4-20UNC with a depth of 8.0 mm
7
73.5
134
20±0.1
10±0.1
28
59.4
66.5
40
1/4-20UNC with a depth of 8.0 mm
Two, M4 mounting holes with a depth of 8.0 mm
Two, M4 mounting holes with a depth of 8.0 mm
1/4-20UNC with a depth of 8.0 mm
20±0.1
45.2
46.9
FZM1
Long-distance Camera Cable
FZ-VS2
(32)
L (See Note 1.)
(32)
(2)
L (See Note 3.)
(100)
(75)
(100)
(75)
Bend resistant Cable
FZ-VSB
(24.4)
(24.4)
2 to 26-pin
square connector
(12)
(See Note 2.)
8.1 dia.
(18.2)
(32)
(75)
L (See Note 1.)
(33.5)
(100)
(24.4)
6.9 dia.
9.3 dia.
(See Note 2.)
26-pin
square connector
(12)
Parallel Cable
FZ-VP
26-pin
square connector
(See Note 2.)
26-pin square connector
Monitor Cable
FZ-VM
FZ-VPX
L (See Note 1.)
200±10
(12)
(24.4)
(24.4)
35
L (See Note 1.)
35
50±10
35
10
(100)
(30)
(See Note 2.)
Note: 1. Cable is available in
2 m/5 m/10 m.
2. Each camera cables has
polarity.
Please ensure that the name
plate side of the cable is connected to the controller.
3. Cable is available in 15 m.
(32)
(100)
(75)
(24.4)
26-pin
square connector
2 to 26-pin
square connector
Right-angle Camera Cable
FZ-VSL
L (See Note 3.)
(33.5)
(100)
9.3 dia.
(See Note 2.)
Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable
FZ-VSL2
(18.2)
L (See Note 1.)
(75)
(24.4)
6.9 dia.
2 to 26-pin
square connector
(32)
(12)
1
Cable
 Camera Cable
Camera Cable
FZ-VS
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
29.8
15.6
L (See Note 1.)
8
(100)
(19.2 dia.)
30±5
(10)
68.1
35.4
35.4
6.9 dia.
50-pin
square connector
6.9 dia.
30±5
33.7
5 dia.
50-pin
square connector
2 to 15-pin square connector
50-pin square connector
Note: 1. Cable is available in 2 m/5 m.
Note: 1. Cable is available in 2 m/5 m.
Note: 1. Cable is available in 2 m/5 m.
LCD Monitor
FZ-M08
Camera Cable Extension Unit
FZ-VSJ
Camera Cable Connector
(Camera side)
9
Mountable plate thickness:
1.6 to 5.0 mm
(6)
40
(103.5)
(12.5)
(31.5)
75
Four, M4
(129.4) 171
161
POWER Indicator
14.9
Four, 3.4 dia.
4.85
65
26
(38)
15
9.1
75
(185)
(173.4)
(85.5)
(130)
3.2
3.2
(90)
(172)
230
Camera Cable Connector
(Controller side)
27.5
220
93.8
83
60
9 14
4.65
Power supply
terminal block
9.1
4
Lens for small camera
FZ-LES Series
L
Extension Tubes for small camera
FZ-LESR
3
Diaphragm
adjustment knob
4
12 dia.
3
5
12 dia.
M10.5
10
M10.5
12 dia.
Extension tubes 5mm
3
Diaphragm look screw (M1.4)
Lenses Model
Focal length
Brightness
Maximum
Overall length
outside diameter
FZ-LES3
3 mm
F2.0
12 dia.
16.4 mm
FZ-LES6
6 mm
F2.0
12 dia.
19.7 mm
FZ-LES16
16 mm
F3.4
12 dia.
23.1 mm
FZ-LES30
30 mm
F3.4
12 dia.
25.5 mm
12 dia.
Extension tubes 10mm
15
M10.5
Extension tubes 15mm
67
FZM1
Inspection systems
Optical Chart
2 million-pixel Digital camera [email protected]
10000
FZ-LEH5
FZ-LEH8
FZ-LEH12
FZ-LEH16
FZ-LEH25
FZ-LEH35
FZ-LEH50
FZ-LEH75
FZ-LEH100
t0
t0
t1
t0
t2
Camera distance (mm)
t5
t10
1000
t45 t40
t35 t30
t20
t25
t40 t35 t30
t5
t15 t10
t30 t25 t20
t5
t20
t25
t0
t2
t15
t50
t0
t1
t0
t10
t15
t0
t2 t1
t1
t5
t0
t1
t2
t10
t2
t20
t0.5
t5
t2
t10
t5
t10
t1
t0.5
t2
t1
t5
t1.5
30
5
t0
t1
t10
t15
100
10
100
1000
Field of vision (mm)
Note: The 5-mm Extension Tubes (3Z4S-LE ML-EXR) cannot be used with FZ-LEH25 Lenses.
300,000-pixel Hight-speed camera [email protected], and Digital camera [email protected]
10000
t0
3Z4S-LE
t0
t0
t0
t0
ML-0614
ML-0813
ML-1214
ML-1614
ML-2514
ML-3519
ML-5018
ML-7527
ML-10035
t0
t2
t2
Camera distance (mm)
t5
t40
1000
t60
t50
t35
t30 t25
t20 t15
t45
t1.5
t1
t0
t0.5
t2
t5
t10
t50
t20
t30 t25
t45 t40 t35 t20 t15
t25
t30
t40 t35
t10
t15
t25 t20
t10
t20 t15
t5
100
t10
t15
t5
t2
t10
t5
t2
t1.5
t1
t0.5
t0
t0.5
t1
t1.5
t0.5
t0
t1
t5
t0.5
t1.5
t2
t1
t0.5
t1.5
t2
t1
t10
t0.5
t1.5
t1
30
3
10
100
Field of vision (mm)
68
1000
FZM1
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
300,000-pixel Small digital cameras [email protected], [email protected]
10000
FZ-LES30
FZ-LES16
FZ-LES6
FZ-LES3
t0
t0
WD (See Note.1) (mm)
1000
1
t0
t0
t5
t10
100
t15
t40
t50 t45
t55
t60
t30
t35
t25
t20
t5
t10
t15
t20
10
10
1
100
1000
Field of vision (mm)
Note: The vertical axis represents WD, not installation distance.
Intelligent camera, autofocus camera
with wide field of vision
[email protected]
with narrow field of vision
[email protected]
Camera distance (mm)
Camera distance (mm)
197.5
(190)
77.5
(70)
67.5
(55)
47.5
(35)
0
0
12.6
29
52
100
Field of vision (mm)
Note: The value in parentheses is for the camera installation distance when using an
Intelligent Camera.
0
2.9 3.1
13.8 14.9
Field of vision (mm)
Note: 1. The value in parentheses is for the camera installation distance when using an
Intelligent Camera.
2. Be sure to check the Instruction Sheet packed with the product before using an
Intelligent Camera or Autofocus Camera.
 Meaning of Optical Chart
The X axis of the optical chart shows the field of vision (mm) (Note 1), and the Y axis
of the optical chart shows the camera installation distance (mm) (Note 2).
Camera
Extension Tube
thickness: t (mm)
Lens
Camera
distance
(mm)
WD
(mm)
Field of vision (mm)
Y
Field of
vision
Note: 1. The lengths of the fields of vision given in the optical charts
are the lengths of the Y axis.
2. The vertical axis represents WD for small cameras.
X
69
XPETICA LITE VISION SYSTEM
Simple, flexible & crystal clear
The new Xpectia lite integrates the benefits of a msmart camera and a powerful vision system in a single platform.
The unique image clarity achieved by using an intelligent camera enables simple setup, fast installation and
enhanced optical performance. In combination with the powerful Xpectia lite controller it takes you into a new
dimension of image processing. Highest performance, simplicity and unique flexibility are defining a new standard
for compact vision sensors.
Flexible Flow Configuration
Simple Operation
Open Network
Xpectia lite supports the smart camera
technology from the FQ-series sensors. This
allows fast and easy installation of the camera
on the machine, without further optics and
illumination. Crystal clear images can be
easily captured using high-power lighting and
a polarizing filter that eliminates glare.
More than 20 processing items are provided
by Xpectia lite, such as dimension
measurements, various search items (pattern,
contour), defects, edge and count tools. These
processing items, can be combined in a flow
program, offering branches or loops. This
offers a new dimension of flexibility for
compact vision sensors.
EtherNet/IP, a global standard for factory
automation data networking, is supported for
seamless integration into a production line or
machine. This allows users to easily connect
to any EtherNet/IP enabled devices from any
manufacturer. Further communication is
possible via TCP/IP, serial and parallel
interfaces.
70
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
• Crystal-clear image quality
• Real colour processing (16 million colours)
• C-mount and smart cameras
• EtherNet/IP & TCP/IP communication
• Simple and guided set-up
• Reliable results on any surface
• One platform for any application
21 Inspection and Measurement Items
71
72
Xpectia lite
Simple, flexible & crystal clear
The new Xpectia lite integrates the benefits of a smart camera and a powerful vision
system in a single platform. The unique image clarity achieved by using an intelligent
camera enables simple setup, fast installation and enhanced optical performance. In
combination with the powerful Xpectia lite controller it takes you into a new dimension of image processing. Highest performance, simplicity and unique flexibility are
defining a new standard for compact vision sensors.
Crystal-clear image quality
Real colour processing (16 million colours)
C-mount and smart cameras
EtherNet/IP & TCP/IP communication
Simple and guided set-up
Reliable results on any surface
One platform for any application
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ordering Information
Controllers
Appearance
Type
Controller integrated with LCD
Two-camera controllers
Four-camera controllers
Box-type controller
Two-camera controllers
Four-camera controllers
Box-type controller
Two-camera controllers
Four-camera controllers
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Remarks
Order code
NPN
–
FZ4-600
PNP
–
FZ4-605
NPN
–
FZ4-600-10
PNP
–
FZ4-605-10
NPN
–
FZ4-650
PNP
–
FZ4-655
NPN
–
FZ4-650-10
PNP
–
FZ4-655-10
NPN
–
FZ4-L350
PNP
–
FZ4-L355
NPN
–
FZ4-L350-10
PNP
–
FZ4-L355-10
73
Xpectia lite
Inspection systems
Cameras
Appearance
Type
Intelligent compact cameras
Intelligent cameras
Autofocus cameras
Digital cameras
Wide view (Short-distance) @100 mm
Colour
Wide view (Long-distance) @100 mm
Colour
Standard @50 mm
Colour
Narrow view @10 mm
Colour
Wide field of vision
Colour
Narrow field of vision
Colour
Wide field of vision
Colour
Narrow field of vision
Colour
5 million pixels
Colour
Remarks
Order code
Camera + Lens +
High-power lighting
FZ-SQ100N
FZ-SQ100F
FZ-SQ050F
FZ-SQ010F
Camera + Zoom, Autofocus lens +
intelligent lighting
FZ-SLC100
FZ-SLC15
Camera + Zoom, Autofocus lens
FZ-SZC100
FZ-SZC15
Lens required
FZ-SC5M2
Monochrome
FZ-S5M2
Colour
FZ-SC2M
Monochrome
FZ-S2M
Colour
FZ-SC
Monochrome
FZ-S
Colour
FZ-SFC
Monochrome
FZ-SF
Colour
FZ-SPC
Monochrome
FZ-SP
Colour
FZ-SHC
Monochrome
FZ-SH
Type
Remarks
Order code
CCTV lenses
–
3Z4S-LE Series
Extension tubes
–
Low-distortion lenses
Low distortion lens for 2-million pixel cameras
FZ-LEH5/LEH8/LEH12/
LEH16/LEH25/LEH35/
LEH50/LEH75/LEH100
Lenses for small camera
Lens for 300,000-pixel small cameras
FZ-LES3/LES6/LES16/
LES30
Extension tubes for small camera
Extension tubes for 300,000-pixel small cameras
FZ-LESR
Wide field of vision
–
FZ-SLC100-DL
Narrow field of vision
–
FZ-SLC15-DL
Digital cameras
Digital cameras
Small digital cameras
Small digital cameras
High-speed cameras
2 million pixels
300,000-pixels
300,000-pixel flat type
300,000-pixel pen type
300,000-pixels
Cameras peripheral devices
Appearance
Intelligent camera diffusion plate
74
Xpectia lite
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Cables
Type
Cable length
Remarks
Order code
Camera cable
2 m, 5 m, 10 m*1)
–
FZ-VS
Bend resistant camera cables
2 m, 5 m, 10 m*1
–
FZ-VSB
Right-angle camera cable*2
2 m, 5 m, 10 m*1
–
FZ-VSL
Long-distance camera cable
15 m*3
–
FZ-VS2
Long-distance right-angle camera cable
15 m*3
–
FZ-VSL2
Cable extension unit
Maximum cable length: 45 m
(Up to two extension units and three cables can be
connected.)
–
FZ-VSJ
Monitor cable
2 m, 5 m
–
FZ-VM
Parallel cable
2 m, 5 m
–
FZ-VP
2 m, 5 m, Connector-type
–
FZ-VPX*4
1
Appearance
*1
*2
*3
*4
The 10-m cable cannot be used for the Intelligent camera, Autofocus camera and the 5 Million-pixel camera.
This cable has an L-shaped connector on the camera end.
The 15-m cable cannot be used for the Intelligent camera, Autofocus camera and the 5 Million-pixel camera.
Connector-terminal block conversion units can be connected (Recommended products: OMRON XW2B-50G4/50G5, XE2D-50G6).
Peripheral devices
Appearance
Type
Remarks
Order code
LCD monitor
–
FZ-M08
USB memory
Capacity: 1 GB
FZ-MEM1G
Required to control external lighting
from a Controller
Manufactured by
MORITEX Corporation
3Z4S-LT MLEKC100E1TS2
Strobe controller
For 3Z4S-LT series
One channel
Strobe controller
For FZ-LT series
One channel
FZ-LTA100
Two channels
FZ-LTA200
75
Xpectia lite
Inspection systems
Ratings and Performance
Lite controller
Model
NPN
FZ4-L350
FZ4-L350-10
FZ4-600
FZ4-600-10
FZ4-650
FZ4-650-10
PNP
FZ4-L355
FZ4-L355-10
FZ4-605
FZ4-605-10
FZ4-655
FZ4-655-10
No. of Cameras
2
4
2
4
2
4
Controller
Box-type
Processing
resolution
Main functions
integrated with LCD
Box-type
Intelligent compact camera
752 (H) × 480 (V)
300,000-pixel camera
640 (H) × 480 (V)
2-million pixel camera
1600 (H) × 1200 (V)
5-million pixel camera
2488 (H) × 2044 (V)
Processing items Inspections /
Measurement
Search, Flexible Search, Sensitive Search, ECM Search, Ec Circle Search, Shape Search II, Classification, Edge Position, Edge Pitch,
Scan Edge Position, Scan Edge Width, Colour Data, Gravity and Area, Labeling, Label Data, Defect, Precise Defect, Fine Matching,
Character Inspection, Date Verification, 2D Code, Model Dictionary, Circle Angle, Circular Scan Edge Position, Circular Scan Edge Width
Image capturing
Camera image Input, Camera Image Input HDR, Camera Image Input HDR Lite, Camera Switching, Measurement Image Switching
Correcting images
Position Compensation, Filtering, Backgrond Suppression, Colour Gray Filter, Extract Colour Filter, Anti Colour Shading, Polar
Transformation, Stripes Removal Filter II, Brightness Correct Filter
Assisting inspections / Calculation, Line Regression, Circle Regression, Set Unit Data, Get Unit Data, Set Unit Figure, Get Unit Figure, Trend Monitor, Image
measurement
Logging, Data Logging, Elapsed Time, Wait, Focus, Iris, Precise Calibration, User Data, Image Conversion Logging
Branching processing
Conditional Branch, End, DI Branch
Outputting results
Serial data output, Parallel data output, Parallel judgement output, Fieldbus data output
Displaying results
onthe monitor
Result Display, Display Image File, Display Last NG Image
Number of simultaneous inspections*1
No limit to setting (as permitted by memory capacity)
Position compensation
Yes (flexible combination with processing items for inspections and measurements)
Number of registered scenes
32
Number of logged With intelligent
images (See note compact camera
1)
Connected to 1 camera 214
Connected to 2 camera 107
Connected to 3 camera 71
Connected to 4 camera 53
When connected Connected to 1 camera Colour camera: 250, Monochrome camera: 252
to a 300,000-pixel Connected to 2 camera Colour camera: 125, Monochrome camera: 126
camera
Connected to 3 camera Colour camera: 83, Monochrome camera: 84
Connected to 4 camera Colour camera: 62, Monochrome camera: 63
When connected Connected to 1 camera Colour camera: 40, Monochrome camera: 40
to a 2 million-pixel Connected to 2 camera Colour camera: 20, Monochrome camera: 20
camera
Connected to 3 camera Colour camera: 13, Monochrome camera: 13
Connected to 4 camera Colour camera: 10, Monochrome camera: 10
When connected Connected to 1 camera Colour camera: 11, Monochrome camera: 11
to a 5 million-pixel Connected to 2 camera Colour camera: 5, Monochrome camera: 5
camera
I/O specification
Serial communications
RS-232C: 1CH
RS-232C/422: 1 CH
Network communications
Ethernet:1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX/
10BASE-T
Ethernet:100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
Ethernet/IP
Ethernet port baud rate: 100 Mbps (100Base-TX)
Parallel I/O
11 inputs (RESET, STEP, DSA, and DI 0 to 7), 13 inputs (RESET, STEP0/ENCTRIG_Z0, DSA0, ENCTRIG_A0, ENTRIG_B0, DI 0 to 7,
26 outputs (RUN, BUSY, GATE, OR, READY, 26 outputs (RUN, BUSY0, GATE0, OR0, READY0, ERROR, STGOUT 0 to 3, and DO 0 to
ERROR, STGOUT 0 to 3, and DO 0 to 15)
15) *STGOUT 2 to 3 only for camera 4CH type
Monitor interface
Analog RGB video output, 1 channel (Res- Controller integrated with LCD: integrated controller and LCD 12.1 inch TFT colour LCD
olution: XGA 1,024 × 768 dots)
(Resolution: XGA 1,024 × 768 dots)
USB interface
Ratings
2 CH (supports USB 1.1 and 2.0)
4 CH (supports USB 1.1 and 2.0)
Power supply voltage*2
20.4 to 26.4 VDC
Current
consumption)
(at 24 VDC)*3
4.0 A max.
5.5 A max.
5.0 A max.
7.5 A max.
5.0 A max.
7.5 A max.
2.6 A max.
2.9 A max.
3.7 A max.
4.9 A max.
3.7 A max.
4.9 A max.
With intelligent
Compact Camera
When connected to a
intelligent or autofocus
camera
When connected to a
300,000-pixel camera
When connected to a
2 million-pixel camera
When connected to a
5 million-pixel camera
Environmental
immunity
Weight
*1
*2
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50°C
Storage: -25 to 65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gas
Degree of protection
IEC 60529 IP20
Approx. 1.8 kg
Operating:
0 to +45°C for low cooling fan speeds
0 to +50°C for high cooling fan speeds
Storage: -20 to 65°C (with no icing or condensation)
Approx. 3.2 kg
Approx. 3.4 kg
Approx. 1.8 kg
Approx. 1.9 kg
The number of logged images will vary when connecting multiple cameras with different models.
Do not ground the positive terminal of the 24-VDC power supply to the Lite controller. If the positive terminal is grounded, electrical shock may occur when an SG (0-V) part, such as the case of the
controller or camera, is touched.
*3
The current consumption when the maximum number of cameras supported by each controller are connected. If a strobe controller model is connected to a lamp, the current consumption is as
high as when an Intelligent camera is connected.
76
Xpectia lite
LCD monitor
Monitor cable
Model
FZ-M08
Model
FZ-VM
Size
8.4 inches
Vibration resistiveness
Type
Liquid crystal colour TFT
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.15 mm 3 directions, 8 strokes,
4 times
Resolution
1,024768 dots
Ambient temperature range
Input signal
Analog RGB video input, 1 channel
Operation: 0 to +50C, Storage: 20 to 65C (with no icing
or condensation)
Power supply voltage
21.6 to 26.4 VDC
Ambient humidity range
Operation and storage: 35% to 85%RH
(with no condensation)
Current consumption
Approx. 0.7 A max.
Operating: 0 to 50C, Storage: 25 to 65C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Ambient temperature range
Material
Cable sheath: heat-resistant PVC
Connector: PVC
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85%
(with no condensation)
Minimum bending radius
75 mm
Weight
approx.170 g
Approx. 1.2 kg
Accessories
Instruction Sheet and 4 mounting brackets
1
Weight
Intelligent compact camera
Model
FZ-SQ010F
FZ-SQ050F
FZ-SQ100F
FZ-SQ100N
Field of vision
7.54.7 to 138.2 mm
138.2 to 5333 mm
5333 to 240153 mm
2918 to 300191 mm
Installation distance
38 to 60 mm
56 to 215 mm
220 to 970 mm
32 to 380 mm
Image input
Lighting
Environmental
immunity
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Image processing method
Real colour
Image elements
1/3-inch colour CMOS
Shutter
1/250 to 1/32258
Processing resolution
752 (H)  480 (V)
Partial function
8 to 752 lines
Lighting method
Pulse
Lighting colour
White
LED class
Class 2
Ambient temperature range
Operating: 0 to 50C, Storage: 25 to 65C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gas
Degree of protection
IEC 60529 IP40 (with polarizing filter attachment mounted.)
Materials
Camera: PBT, PC, SUS
Mounting bracket: PBT
Polarizing filter attachment: PBT, PC
Weight
Approx. 160 g
Accessories
•
•
•
•
Approx. 150 g
Mounting bracket (FQ-XL) (1)
Polarizing filter attachment (FQ-XF1) (1)
Instruction manual
Member registration sheet
77
Xpectia lite
Inspection systems
System configuration
PC
Controller integrated with LCD
RS-232C connected
Parallel I/O
Ethernet
PLC
Analogue RGB
RGB monitor
Camera connecter
USB connection
Touch pen (accessory attached)
Input device
Input device
Mouse
Mouse
USB connection
Input device
Mouse
USB connection
RS-232C
PC
Ethernet
Analogue RGB
RGB Monitor
Parallel I/O
PLC
Camera connected
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Controllers
LCD integrated type
[email protected]/[email protected]
Box-type
[email protected]/[email protected]
120
20
165
The 2-camera type has only two
camera connectors on its right side.
90
120
Four, M3 mounting holes with
a depth of 6 mm
12.8 (28.4)10
(7)
130
17
80
(68)
(68)
126
33
120
20
120
(15.45)
Four, M4 mounting holes with
a depth of 6 mm
Four, 20 dia.
18
54
64
The size of the 2-camera type
is 83.
78
11
11
8
(6)
296
6
13
104
Four, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
17 of 6 mm
190
126
(163.5)
68
7
308
80
33
246
110
260
+
-
Four, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 6 mm
26
100
(39)
(6.8)
11.5
Xpectia lite
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
182.3
12
1
197
80
[email protected]/[email protected]
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
The 2-camera type has only two
camera connectors on its left side.
Intelligent Compact Camera
Wide View
FZ-SQ100F (Long-distance)
FZ-SQ100N (Short-distance)
Narrow View and Standard
FZ-SQ010F
FZ-SQ050F
44
1
20
9
(49)
8
20
Mounting Hole Dimensions
,
les
Two dia. ho
4.5-
Tightening torque: 1.2 N.m
Note. The Mounting Bracket can be mounted to either side.
20±0.1
Mounting Hole Dimensions
20±0.1
,
les
Two dia. ho
4.5-
1/4-20UNC
Depth: 6
Four-M4
Depth: 6
3
(4.8)
20
32
67
20
9
8
(4.8)
(57)
Polarizing
Filter
Attachment
1/4-20UNC
Depth: 6
Four-M4
Depth: 6
11
Mounting Bracket
(See Note.)
(94.8)
(94.8)
32
Polarizing
Filter
Attachment
44
45
Mounting Bracket
(See Note.)
45
67
46
Optical
axis
1
46
Optical
axis
Tightening torque: 1.2 N.m
Note. The Mounting Bracket can be mounted to either side.
LCD Monitor
FZ-M08
Mountable plate thickness:
1.6 to 5.0 mm
(6)
40
(103.5)
(31.5)
75
(12.5)
Four, M4
26
75
(38)
(129.4)
171
161
(185)
(173.4)
(85.5)
(130)
(90)
(172)
230
220
79
XPECTIA FJ VISION SYSTEM
Fast machine integration and easy customization
The new customisable Xpectia FJ Series Vision System combines the benefits of a compact system with the
power and flexibility of an industrial PC platform. The system will enable you to develop tailored vision solutions
quickly, no matter if you are creating a totally new application or modifying an existing one. Start with the proven
Xpectia platform and follow our golden rule: configure where you can and program only where you need to. Easy
HMI creation, unique flexibility and fast integration define this new class of vision system. The Xpectia FJ Series
is available with a range of controllers and cameras, suitable for every application. This eliminates the time
needed to integrate components and delivers a platform with the highest quality and reliability.
Highly flexible development
Proven reliability
Stable and high-speed inspection
Imagine how much money you could save by
reducing your current development time by
50%. With the FJ Series you can do just that.
That’s because you can build processing flow
simply by listing the processing items for each
measurement. Other features that accelerate
development include: sample GUIs, options to
re-use existing software, built-in touchscreens,
and more.
All the hardware and software components are
completely compatible. In addition, the
controllers use flash memory – not hard disc
drives – so they always remain highly reliable
even in a hostile factory environment.
The Halcon library of algorithms provides
high-speed processing and measurement. In
addition, the FJ Series’ High Dynamic Range
and Real Colour sensing techniques ensure
robust and stable operation.
80
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
Quick customisation:
• Starting from a complete system
• Fast drag and drop programming
• Choice of ready-made GUIs
Seamless integration:
• Proven component compatibility
• Wide selection of intelligent cameras
Stable, high-speed processing:
• Advanced algorithms
• HDD-less controllers
81
XPETICA FJ VISION SYSTEM
Smart programming
Drag and drop with image processing
You can create new measurement and inspection flows quickly
and easily with our ready-made modules. Simply choose from
the 60+ modules and drag and drop them to define your
required image-input, measurement and other sequences –
as well as building your processing flows. No more searching
subroutine libraries and painstakingly piecing them together.
You can immediately create new inspection functions from our
ready-made software modules.
Time-saving Macros
We also offer a wide range of Macros to further accelerate your
development process – especially for your calculation functions.
Simply drag and drop the required Macro into your flow.
Own developed algorithms
If the item you need is not included in the new FJ Series
software suite, you can easily create your own item using
Microsoft® Visual Studio® and the “Application Producer”.
The Development Wizard and code samples ensure that
creating programs, including those for your GUI, is always
quick and simple.
*Microsoft® Visual Studio® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
82
Inspection & Ident systems
1
Easy HMI configuration
Show only the buttons you need
Choose from our library of buttons and
position them anywhere on-screen to best
support your daily operation, without
‘screen clutter’.
Add a camera image
With just one click.
Eight screen layout
Move windows freely
Up to 8 screens can be stored depending on the application
or user classification.
Drag and drop windows where you want.
You can also change the box size and delete.
Free HMI programming
Create the HMI to fit your needs
You can create original HMI and GUIs quickly with Visual Studio®,
rich customisable control units and program samples in the
FJ “Application Producer”.
Progam sample for bar graph
Zoom browser
Colour setting control
83
XPETICA FJ VISION SYSTEM
Seamless connectivity with your machine
Working in perfect harmony with your machine
The FJ Series controllers are Windows-based Open IPCs on which you can install your regular PC programs.
You can also install printer and robot controller driver software.
The Windows-based environment in the FJ Series allows you to reuse your existing software which supports
the building of your machine’s vision application such as statistical, communication, printer driver and other
software. This not only saves time but enables you to continue benefitting from previous investments.
Statistics analysis software
Robot controller
Printer driver
Remote monitoring and control
The FJ Series is Ethernet-compatible. This enables you to remotely monitor your systems when in use at
your customer’s sites and therefore enables you to schedule timely maintenance programs and ensure
continued customer satisfaction.
Factory
84
Office
Inspection & Ident systems
Build in security – more customer satisfaction
1
You can further delight your customers by building in security functions that prevent operational errors on
the shop floor. Simply choose from the sample, ready-made code in the “Application Producer”.
Access control operation
Running screen
Administrative screen
Measurement result
Tuning menu
clearly displayed
Easy implementation
1. Select from the sample list in the
“Application Producer”
2. Drag and Drop
3. The login button is automatically created
the zip file
Always keeping you up to date
with the latest software
You can get free downloads of the latest versions of software,
sample programs, and new technical documentation any time
after purchasing the FJ Series. With Omron, you will always have
access to the latest systems and knowledge.
http://www.omron-cxone.com/pc_v/index.html
85
86
Xpectia FJ
Xpectia FJ vision system
The new customisable Xpectia FJ Series Vision System combines the benefits of
a compact system with the power and flexibility of an industrial PC platform. The
system will enable you to develop tailored vision solutions quickly, no matter if you
are creating a totally new application or modifying an existing one. Easy HMI creation,
unique flexibility and fast integration define this new class of vision system.
Seamless integration and easy customization
Stable and high-speed inspection
Fast drag and drop programming
Time-saving macros
Choice of ready-made GUIs
Proven component compatibility
Wide selection of intelligent cameras
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
System configuration
Standard configuration
PC
RS-232C
connected
Parallel I/O
FJ controller
Input device
Camera connected
PLC
Keyboard
Mouse
Ethernet
USB connection
Analogue RGB
RGB monitor
Camera connecter
PC
Ethernet
Analogue RGB
RS-232C connected
USB
connection
Input device
Touch pen (accessory attached)
Input device
Keyboard
FJ controller
PLC
USB connection
Mouse
RGB monitor
Parallel I/O
Mouse
Keyboard
For Customization
Development environment Application producer
Sample codes and Development Wizard for easy customization are available.
Ordering Information
Controller
CPU
Type
Dual-task
HALCON
installed*1
No. of Cameras
Output
Order code
Core i5 2.4 GHz
Controller integrated with LCD
Yes
No
2
NPN
FJ-3000
Yes
No
4
NPN
FJ-3000-10
Yes
No
2
PNP
FJ-3005
Yes
No
4
PNP
FJ-3005-10
Yes
Yes
2
NPN
FJ-H3000-E
Yes
Yes
4
NPN
FJ-H3000-10-E
Yes
Yes
2
PNP
FJ-H3005-E
Yes
Yes
4
PNP
FJ-H3005-10-E
Yes
No
2
NPN
FJ-3050
Yes
No
4
NPN
FJ-3050-10
Yes
No
2
PNP
FJ-3055
Yes
No
4
PNP
FJ-3055-10
Yes
Yes
2
NPN
FJ-H3050-E
Yes
Yes
4
NPN
FJ-H3050-10-E
Yes
Yes
2
PNP
FJ-H3055-E
Yes
Yes
4
PNP
FJ-H3055-10-E
No
No
2
NPN
FJ-350
No
No
4
NPN
FJ-350-10
No
No
2
PNP
FJ-355
No
No
4
PNP
FJ-355-10
Box-type Controller
Controller integrated Box-type Controller
with LCD
Atom 1.6 GHz
*1
Box-type Controller
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
HALCON runtime license has been installed. The development of HALCON requires HDevelop.
87
Xpectia FJ
Inspection systems
Development Environment
Type
Operating environment
Order code
FJ-AP1
Application Producer
– CPU: Intel Pentium Processor (SSE2 or higher)
– OS: Windows XP Professional (32bit) Service pack 3 or later, or Windows 7 Professional (32bit) or
Enterprise (32bit) or Ultimate (32bit)
– .NET Framework: .NET Framework 3.5 or higher
– Memory: At least 2 GB RAM
Available disk space: At least 2 GB
– Browser: Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later
– Display: XGA (1024768), True Color (32-bit) or higher
– Optical drive: CD/DVD drive
– The following software is required to customize the software:
Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Professional
Cameras
Appearance
Type
Digital Cameras
Digital Cameras
Digital Cameras
Small Digital Cameras
Small Digital Cameras
High-speed Cameras
300,000-pixels
2 million pixels
5 million pixels
300,000-pixel flat type
300,000-pixel pen type
300,000-pixels
Color
Remarks
Order code
Lens required
FZ-SC
Monochrome
FZ-S
Color
FZ-SC2M
Monochrome
FZ-S2M
Color
FZ-SC5M2
Monochrome
FZ-S5M2
Color
Lens for small cameras required
Monochrome
FZ-SF
Color
FZ-SPC
Monochrome
FZ-SP
Color
Lens required
Monochrome
Intelligent Compact Cameras
Intelligent Cameras
Autofocus Cameras
88
FZ-SFC
FZ-SHC
FZ-SH
Wide View (Long-distance)
Color
Wide View (Short-distance)
Color
Camera + Lens + High-power Lighting
FZ-SQ100F
FZ-SQ100N
Standard
Color
FZ-SQ050F
Narrow View
Color
Wide field of vision
Color
Narrow field of vision
Color
Wide field of vision
Color
Narrow field of vision
Color
FZ-SQ010F
Camera + Zoom, Autofocus Lens +
Intelligent Lighting
FZ-SLC100
FZ-SLC15
Camera + Zoom, Autofocus Lens
FZ-SZC100
FZ-SZC15
Xpectia FJ
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Cameras Peripheral Devices
Appearance
Type
Remarks
Order code
CCTV Lenses
–
3Z4S-LE Series
Low-distortion Lenses
Low distortion lens for 2-million and 5-million Pixel Cameras
FZ-LEH5/LEH8/LEH12/
LEH16/LEH25/LEH35/
LEH50/LEH75/LEH100
Lenses for Small Camera
Lens for 300,000-pixel Small Cameras
FZ-LES3/LES6/LES16/
LES30
Extension Tubes for Small Camera
Extension Tubes for 300,000-pixel Small Cameras
FZ-LESR
Intelligent Camera Diffusion
Plate
–
FZ-SLC100-DL
Wide field of vision
Narrow field of vision
Halation cut illumination
1
Extension Tubes
FZ-SLC15-DL
Integrated unit combining special Halation cut illumination,
strobe controller and camera (without lens)
FZ-SXCRB7018BR-4S
Integrated unit combining special Halation cut illumination and FZ-LTCRB7018BR-4S
strobe controller
For Intelligent Compact
Camera
Mounting brackets
Special Halation cut illumination only
FZ-LTRB7018BR-4S
–
FQ-XL/XL2
Polarizing Filter Attachment
FQ-XF1
Cables
Appearance
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
Type
Cable length
Remarks
Order code
Camera Cable
2 m, 5 m, 10 m*1
–
FZ-VS
Bend resistant Camera Cables 2 m, 5 m, 10 m*2)
FZ-VSB
Right-angle Camera Cable*3
2 m, 5 m, 10 m*1
FZ-VSL
Long-distance Camera Cable
15 m*4
FZ-VS2
Long-distance Right-angle
Camera Cable
15 m*4
FZ-VSL2
Cable Extension Unit
Maximum cable length: 45 m
(Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be
connected.)*5
FZ-VSJ
Monitor Cable
2 m, 5 m
FZ-VM
Parallel Cable
2 m, 5 m
FZ-VP
2 m, 5 m, Connector-type
FZ-VPX*6
The 10-m Cable cannot be used for the Intelligent Camera, Autofocus Camera and 5-million pixel camera.
The 10-m Cable cannot be used for the Intelligent Camera, Autofocus Camera, 2-million pixel camera and 5-million pixel camera.
This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.
The 15-m Cable cannot be used for the Intelligent Camera, Autofocus Camera and 5-million pixel camera.
Maximum cable length depends on type of camera and cable length to connect. For details, refer to "Cameras / Cables Connection Table" on page 7.
Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units can be connected (Recommended Products: OMRON XW2B-50G4/50G5, XE2D-50G6).
89
Xpectia FJ
Inspection systems
Peripheral Devices
Appearance
Type
Remarks
Order code
LCD Monitor
For box-type controller
FZ-M08
USB Memory
Capacity: 1 GB
FZ-MEM1G
VESA attachment
For installing the controller integrated with LCD
FZ-VESA
Desktop controller stand
For installing the controller integrated with LCD
FZ-DS
Required to control external lighting from a Controller
FL-TCC1
Lighting Controller
For FL-Series
Strobe Controller
For 3Z4S-LT Series
One channel
Manufactured by
MORITEX Corporation
3Z4S-LT MLEKC100E1TS2
Strobe Controller
For FZ-LT Series
One channel
FZ-LTA100
Two channels
FZ-LTA200
–
Adapter for the strobe controller
Required to mount a strobe controller on a 5-million pixel
camera when using 3Z4S-LT series
Manufactured by
MORITEX Corporation
3Z4S-LT LBK-003
–
External Lighting
–
3Z4S-LT Series
FZ-LT Series
FL-Series
Lenses
High-resolution, Low-distortion Lenses
Lens model
FZ-LEH5
FZ-LEH8
FZ-LEH12
FZ-LEH16
FZ-LEH25
FZ-LEH35
FZ-LEH50
FZ-LEH75
FZ-LEH100
Appearance
42 dia.
38.7
34 dia.
41.6
34 dia.
37.0
33 dia.
36.5
33 dia.
39.5
34 dia.
36.5
34 dia.
55.0
36 dia.
51.0
42 dia.
Focal length
5 mm
8 mm
12.5 mm
16 mm
25 mm
35 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
Brightness
F2.8
F1.4
F1.4
F1.4
F1.4
F2
F2.8
F2.5
F2.8
Filter size
M40.5 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M27.0 P0.5
M34.0 P0.5
M40.5 P0.5
3Z4S-LE
ML-0614
3Z4S-LE
ML-0813
3Z4S-LE
ML-1214
3Z4S-LE
ML-1614
3Z4S-LE
ML-2514
3Z4S-LE
ML-3519
3Z4S-LE
ML-5018
3Z4S-LE
ML-7527
3Z4S-LE
ML-10035
70.0
CCTV Lenses
Lens model
Appearance
30 dia.
30
30 dia.
34.5
30 dia.
34.5
30 dia.
24.5
30 dia.
24.5
30 dia.
29
32 dia.
37
32 dia.
42.5
32 dia.
Focal length
6 mm
8 mm
12 mm
16 mm
25 mm
35 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
Brightness
F1.4
F1.3
F1.4
F1.4
F1.4
F1.9
F1.8
F2.7
F3.5
Filter size
M27 P0.5
M25.5 P0.5
M27 P0.5
M27 P0.5
M27 P0.5
M27 P0.5
M30.5 P0.5
M30.5 P0.5
M30.5 P0.5
FZ-LES6
FZ-LES16
FZ-LES30
43.9
Lenses for small camera
Lens model
FZ-LES3
Appearance
12 dia.
16.4
12 dia.
19.7
12 dia.
23.1
12 dia.
Focal length
3 mm
6 mm
16 mm
30 mm
Brightness
F2.0
F2.0
F3.4
F3.4
25.5
Extension Tubes
Model
3Z4S-LE-ML-EXR
Contents
Set of 7 tubes (40 mm, 20 mm, 10 mm, 5 mm, 2.0 mm, 1.0 mm, and 0.5 mm)
Maximum outer diameter: 30 mm dia.
Extension Tubes for small camera
Precautions
Model
FZ-LESR
Contents
Set of 3 tubes (15 mm, 10 mm, 5 mm)
Maximum outer diameter: 12 mm dia.
• Do not use the 0.5-mm, 1.0-mm, and 2.0-mm Extension Tubes attached to each
other. Since these Extension Tubes are placed over the threaded section of the
Lens or other Extension Tube, the connection may loosen when more than one
0.5-mm, 1.0-mm or 2.0-mm Extension Tube are used together.
• Reinforcement may be required for combinations of Extension Tubes exceeding
30 mm if the Camera is subject to vibration.
90
Xpectia FJ
Ratings and Performance
Controller
NPN Output
PNP Output
Controller type
No. of cameras
CPU
Main memory
Storage
OS
Dual-task
HALCON installed
Connected camera
Operation
Processing resolution
No. of scenes
Number of When connected
logged
to an Intelligent
images
Compact
Camera
Connected to
1 camera
Connected to
2 cameras
Connected to
3 cameras
Connected to
4 cameras
When connected Connected to
to a 300,0001 camera
pixel camera
Connected to
2 cameras
Connected to
3 cameras
Connected to
4 cameras
When connected Connected to
to a 2 million- 1 camera
pixel camera
Connected to
2 cameras
Connected to
3 cameras
Connected to
4 cameras
When connected Connected to
to a 5 million- 1 camera
pixel camera
Connected to
2 cameras
Connected to
3 cameras
Connected to
4 cameras
Serial communications
Network communications
FJ-3000
FJ-3000-10 FJ-3050
FJ-3050-10
FJ-3005
FJ-3005-10 FJ-3055
FJ-3055-10
Controller integrated with LCD Box-type controller
2
4
2
4
Intel Core i5-520E Processor 2.40 GHz
FJ-H3000-E FJ-H3000-10-E
FJ-H3005-E FJ-H3005-10-E
Controller integrated with LCD
2
4
FJ-H3050-E FJ-H3050-10-E
FJ-H3055-E FJ-H3055-10-E
Box-type controller
2
4
3 GB
Compact Flash 2 GB
Windows Embedded Standard 2009
Yes
No
Yes
Can be connected to all cameras.
Controller integrated with LCD: touch pen, mouse, etc., Box-type controller: mouse, etc.
Intelligent Compact Camera: 752 (H) × 480 (V), 300,000-pixel camera: 640 (H) × 480 (V),
2-million pixel camera: 1600 (H) × 1200 (V), 5-million pixel camera: 2488 (H) × 2044 (V)
32
214
FJ-350
FJ-350-10
FJ-355
FJ-355-10
Box-type controller
2
4
Intel Atom N270 Processor
1.6 GHz
2 GB
No
No
1
Model
107
71
53
Color camera: 250, Monochrome Camera: 252
Color camera: 125, Monochrome Camera: 126
Color camera: 83, Monochrome Camera: 84
Color camera: 62, Monochrome Camera: 63
Color camera: 40, Monochrome Camera: 40
Color camera: 20, Monochrome Camera: 20
Color camera: 13, Monochrome Camera: 13
Color camera: 10, Monochrome Camera: 10
Color camera: 15, Monochrome Camera: 15
Color camera: 7, Monochrome Camera: 7
Color camera: 5, Monochrome Camera: 5
Color camera: 3, Monochrome Camera: 3
RS-232C/422A: 1CH
Ethernet 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
RS-232C: 1CH
Ethernet 1000BASE-T/
100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
EtherNet/IP
Parallel I/O
Ethernet port baud rate: 100 Mbps (100BASE-TX)
17 inputs (RESET, STEP0/ENCTRIG_Z0, STEP1/ENCTRIG_Z1, DSA0 to 1, ENCTRIG_A0 to 1, ENCTRIG_B0 to 1, DI0 to 7) 11 inputs (RESET, STEP,
29 outputs (RUN/BUSY1, BUSY0, GATE0 to 1, OR0 to 1, READY0 to 1, ERROR, STGOUT0 to 3, DO0 to 15)
DSA, DI0 to 7)
26 outputs (RUN, BUSY,
GATE, OR, READY, ERROR,
STGOUT0 to 3*1, DO0 to 15)
Monitor interface
Controller integrated with LCD: integrated controller and LCD 12.1 inch TFT color LCD (Resolution: XGA 1,024 × 768 dots)
Box-type controller: Analog RGB video output, 1 channel (Resolution: XGA 1,024 × 768 dots)
USB interface
4 channels (supports USB 1.1 and 2.0)
2 channels (supports
USB 1.1 and 2.0)
Power supply voltage
20.4 to 26.4 VDC
Current
When connected to an Intelligent 5.0 A max. 7.5 A max. 5.0 A max. 7.5 A max. 5.0 A max. 7.5 A max.
5.0 A max. 7.5 A max.
4.0 A max. 5.5 A max.
consump- Compact Camera, intelligent or
tion (at
autofocus camera
24.0 VDC) When connected to a 300,000- 3.7 A max. 4.9 A max. 3.7 A max. 4.9 A max. 3.7 A max. 4.9 A max.
3.7 A max. 4.9 A max.
2.6 A max. 2.9 A max.
pixel, 2 million-pixel, or
5 million-pixel camera
Ambient temperature range
Operating:
Operating: 0 to 50°C
0 to +45°C for low cooling fan speeds
Storage: -20 to 65°C (with
0 to +50°C for high cooling fan speeds
no icing or condensation)
Storage: -20 to 65°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35 to 85°C (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 3.4 kg
Approx. 1.9 kg
Approx. 3.4 kg
Approx. 1.9 kg
Approx. 1.8 kg
Accessories
Controller integrated with LCD: touch pen (one, inside the front panel), Instruction Manual, 6 mounting brackets, Member registration sheet
Box-type controller: Instruction Manual, Member registration sheet
*1
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
STGOUT 2 to 3 only for camera 4ch type
91
Xpectia FJ
Inspection systems
Digital Cameras
FZ-S
FZ-SC
FZ-S2M
FZ-SC2M
FZ-S5M2
FZ-SC5M2
Image elements
Interline transfer reading all pixels, 1/3-inch CCD image Interline transfer reading all pixels, 1/1.8-inch CCD im- Interline transfer reading all pixels, 2/3-inch CCD image
elements
age elements
elements
Color/Monochrome
Monochrome
Effective pixels
640 (H) × 480 (V)
1600 (H) × 1200 (V)
2448 (H) × 2044 (V)
Pixel size
7.4 (m) × 7.4 (m)
4.4 (m) × 4.4 (m)
3.45 (m) × 3.45 (m)
Shutter function
Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/ Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/ Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/
50,000 s
50,000 s
50,000 s
Partial function
12 to 480 lines
12 to 1200 lines
12 to 2044 lines
Frame rate
(image read time)
80 fps (12.5 ms)
30 fps (33.3 ms)
16 fps (62.5 ms)
Field of vision,
installation distance
Selecting a lens according to the field of vision and installation distance
Ambient temperature
range
Operating: 0 to 50°C
Storage: -25 to 65°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 55 g
Accessories
Instruction manual
Color
Monochrome
Monochrome
Operating: 0 to 40°C
Storage: -25 to 65°C (with no icing or condensation)
Approx. 76 g
Small Digital Cameras
FZ-SF
Color
Color
Operating: 0 to 40°C
Storage: -25 to 65°C (with no icing or condensation)
Approx.140 g
High-speed Cameras
FZ-SFC
FZ-SP
FZ-SPC
FZ-SH
FZ-SHC
Image elements
Interline transfer reading all pixels, 1/3-inch CCD image elements
Image elements
Interline transfer reading all pixels, 1/3-inch CCD image elements
Color/Monochrome
Monochrome
Color/Monochrome
Monochrome
Effective pixels
640 (H) × 480 (V)
Effective pixels
640 (H) × 480 (V)
Pixel size
7.4 (m) × 7.4 (m)
Pixel size
7.4 (m) × 7.4 (m)
Shutter function
Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/50,000 s
Shutter function
Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/50,000 s
Partial function
12 to 480 lines
Partial function
12 to 480 lines
Frame rate
(image read time)
80 fps (12.5 ms)
Frame rate
(image read time)
204 fps (4.9 ms)
Field of vision,
installation distance
Selecting a lens according to the field of vision and installation
distance
Field of vision, installation Selecting a lens according to the field of vision and installation
distance
distance
Ambient temperature
range
Operating: 0 to 50°C (camera
amp)
0 to 45°C (camera head)
Storage: -25 to 65°C (with no
icing or condensation)
Ambient temperature
range
Operating: 0 to 40°C
Storage: -25 to 65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx.105 g
Accessories
Instruction manual
Color
Monochrome
Color
Operating: 0 to 50°C (camera
amp)
0 to 45°C (camera head)
Storage: -25 to 65°C (with no
icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to Operating and storage: 35% to
85% (with no condensation)
85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx.150 g
Accessories
Instruction manual, installation Instruction manual
bracket, Four mounting
brackets(M2)
92
Approx.150 g
Color
Xpectia FJ
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Intelligent Compact Cameras
FZ-SQ010F
FZ-SQ050F
FZ-SQ100F
FZ-SQ100N
7.5 × 4.7 to 13 × 8.2 mm
13 × 8.2 to 53 × 33 mm
53 × 33 to 240 × 153 mm
29 × 18 to 300 × 191 mm
38 to 60 mm
56 to 215 mm
220 to 970 mm
32 to 380 mm
1/3-inch CMOS image elements
Color/Monochrome
Color
Effective pixels
752 (H) × 480 (V)
Pixel size
6.0 (m) × 6.0 (m)
Shutter function
1/250 to 1/32,258
Partial function
8 to 752 lines
Frame rate
(image read time)
60 fps
Field of vision
Installation distance
LED class
Class 2
Ambient temperature
range
Operating: 0 to 50°C Storage: -25 to 65°C
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 150 g
Accessories
Mounting bracket (FQ-XL), polarizing filter attachment (FQ-XF1), instruction manual and warning label
1
Image elements
Approx. 140 g
Intelligent Cameras, Autofocus Cameras
FZ-SLC100
FZ-SLC15
FZ-SZC100
FZ-SZC15
2.9 to 14.9 mm*2
13 to 100 mm (See note1.)
2.9 to 14.9 mm (See note1.)
35 to 55 mm*2
77.5 to 197.5 mm (See note1.)
47.5 to 67.5 mm
Image elements
Interline transfer reading all pixels, 1/3-inch CCD image elements
Color/Monochrome
Color
Effective pixels
640 (H) × 480 (V)
Pixel size
7.4 (m) × 7.4 (m)
Shutter function
Electronic shutter; select shutter speeds from 1/10 to 1/50,000 s
Partial function
12 to 480 lines
Frame rate
(image read time)
80 fps (12.5 ms)
Field of vision*1
13 to 100 mm*2
Installation distance
70 to 190 mm*2
LED class (lighting)*3
Class 2
Ambient temperature
range
Operating: 0 to 50°C
Storage: -25 to 65°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 670 g
Accessories
Instruction Sheet and hexagonal wrench
*1
*2
*3
–
Approx. 700 g
Approx. 500 g
The length of the visual field is the lengths along the Y axis.
Tolerance: ±5% max.
Applicable standards: IEC 60825-1: 1993 + A1: 1997 + A2-2001, EN 60825-1: 1994 + A1: 2002 + A2: 2001
93
Xpectia FJ
Inspection systems
LCD Monitor
Cable Extension Unit
FZ-M08
FZ-VSJ
Size
8.4 inches
Power supply voltage*1
11.5 to 13.5 VDC
Type
Liquid crystal color TFT
Current consumption*2
1.5 A max.
Resolution
1,024 × 768 dots
Input signal
Analog RGB video input, 1 channel
Ambient temperature
range
Operating: 0 to 50°C Storage: -25 to 65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Power supply voltage
21.6 to 26.4 VDC
Ambient humidity range
Current consumption
Approx. 0.7 A max.
Operating and storage: 35 to 85%
(with no condensation)
Ambient temperature
range
Operating: 0 to 50°C Storage: -25 to 65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Maximum Units
connectable
2 Units per Camera
Ambient humidity range
Operating and storage: 35 to 85%
(with no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 240 g
Accessories
Instruction Sheet and 4 mounting screws
Weight
Approx. 1.2 kg
Accessories
Instruction Sheet and 4 mounting brackets
*1
A power supply must be connected to the Strobe Controller and Camera when
connecting a FZ-SLC100/SLC15/SZC100/SZC15 and using a Strobe Controller
(3Z4S-LT MLEK-C100E1TS2.)
*2
The current consumption is when every Camera and Strobe Controller is connected
to a power supply.
Camera Cables
FZ-VS (2 m)
FZ-VSB (2 m)
FZ-VSL (2 m)
Shock resistiveness
(durability)
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.15 mm 3 directions, 8 strokes,
4 times
Ambient temperature
range
Operation and storage: 0 to +65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operation and storage: 40 to 70%RH
(with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Material
Cable sheath, connector: PVC
Minimum bending radius
69 mm
81 mm
Weight
approx. 170 g
approx. 220 g
Long-distance Camera Cables
FZ-VS2 (15 m)
FZ-VSL2 (15 m)
Shock resistiveness
(durability)
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.15 mm 3 directions, 8 strokes, 4
times
Ambient temperature
range
Operation and storage: 0 to +65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operation and storage: 40 to 70%RH
(with no condensation)
69 mm
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
approx. 170 g
Material
Cable sheath, connector: PVC
Minimum bending radius
93 mm
Weight
approx. 1600 g
Monitor Cable
FZ-VM
Vibration resistiveness
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.15 mm 3 directions, 8 strokes,
4 times
Ambient temperature
range
Operation: 0 to +50°C; Storage: -20 to +65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operation and storage: 35 to 85%RH
(with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Material
Cable sheath: heat-resistant PVC Connector: PVC
Minimum bending radius
Weight
Parallel Cable
FZ-VP
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.15 mm 3 directions, 8 strokes, 4
times
Ambient temperature
range
Operation: 0 to +50°C; Storage: -20 to +65°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range
Operation and storage: 35 to 85%RH
(with no condensation)
75 mm
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
approx. 170 g
Material
Cable sheath: heat-resistant PVC Connector: resin
Minimum bending radius
75 mm
Weight
approx.160 g
Halation Cut Illumination
General specifications
18 W or less (12 VDC, 1.5 A max.)
(including camera and strobe controller)
Specifications
Vibration resistance
10 to 150 Hz single amplitude 0.35 mm (maximum acceleration
50m/s2) 3 directions, 8 strokes, 10 times
Impact resistance
150m/s2 6 directions, 3 times
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50°C Storage: -25 to 60°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operation and storage: 35 to 85%RH
(with no condensation)
Ambient atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Protective structure
IEC60259 IP20
Material
Case: zinc-coated steel plate Cover: acrylic board
Clasp: stainless steel plate
Weight including cables
Approx. 600 g
Approx. 500 g
approx.180 g
Illumination specifications
FZ-SXC RB7018BR-4S FZ-LTC RB7018BR-4S FZ-LT RB7018BR-4S
Current consumption
FZ-VPX
Vibration resistiveness
Source
Blue LED (wavelength: Approx. 470 nm)
Red LED (wavelength: 630 nma)
Illumination system
8 blocks luminous intensity variable illumination
Average lifetime
5,000 hours (Time it takes from manufacture for a 50% reduction
in luminous intensity at an ambient temperature of 25°C, maximum brightness, and continuous illumination.)
Approx. 400 g
Cameras / Cables Connection Table
Type of camera
Cable
length
Intelligent
cameras
Autofocus
cameras
High-speed
cameras
Yes
Yes
10m
2m
Digital cameras
Small digital
cameras
Intelligent
compact
cameras
Order code
FZ-VS
FZ-VSL
300,000-pixel
2 million-pixel
5 million-pixel
Pen type/
flat type
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
5m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
10m
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Long-distance
15m
camera cable
Long-distance right-angle
camera cable
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Camera Cables
2m
Right-angle camera cables 5m
Bend resistant
camera cables
94
FZ-VSB
FZ-VS2
FZ-VSL2
Xpectia FJ
External Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Controllers
 LCD-integrated type
[email protected]/[email protected]
[email protected]/[email protected]
 Box-type
[email protected]/[email protected]
[email protected]/[email protected]
120
120
20
165
90
The 2-camera type has only two
camera connectors on its right side.
Four, M3 mounting holes with
a depth of 6 mm
130
Four, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 6 mm
17
(68)
80
80
(68)
1
(7)
12.8(28.4)10
Four, M4
mounting holes
with a depth of
17 6 mm
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
190
33
104
(6)
296
Four, M4 mounting holes with a
depth of 6 mm
Four, 20 dia.
13
6
(6.8)
11.5
54
64
The size of the 2-camera
type is 83.
18 (15.45)
8
7
308
11
11
33
68
126
126
(163.5)
110
246
260
+
-
20
120
26
120
(39)
100
[email protected]/[email protected]
12
197
80
182.3
* Only the two camera connectors on the left are used for Controllers
that support only two cameras.
Cable
 Long-distance Camera Cable(Model FZ-VS2)
(32)
L[Note 1]
2 to 26-pin square connector
 Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable(Model FZ-VSL2)
L[Note 3]
(33.5)
(18.2)
L[Note 1]
(33.5)
[Note 2]
(12)
(12)
(100)
6.9dia.
(24.4)
9.3dia.
(24.4)
(32)
(75)
(100)
26-pin square connector
[Note 2]
 Right-angle Camera Cable(Model FZ-VSL)
(32)
(75)
(100)
2 to 26-pin square connector
[Note 2]
(24.4)
(18.2)
(75)
(24.4)
(12)
[Note 2]
(12)
9.3dia.
(24.4)
6.9dia.
2 to 26-pin square connector
L[Note 1]
(32)
(100)
(75)
(100)
(24.4)
(75)
(24.4)
(32)
(2)
 Bend resistant Cable(Model FZ-VSB)
L[Note 3]
8.1dia.
Camera Cable
 Camera Cable(Model FZ-VS)
[Note 2]
26-pin square connector
26-pin square connector
26-pin square connector
Parallel Cable(Model FZ-VP)
[Note1]: cable is available in 2 m/5 m/10 m.
[Note2]: Each camera cables has polarity.
Please ensure that the name plate
side of the cable is connected to the
controller.
[Note3]: cable is available in 15 m.
Monitor Cable(Model FZ-VM)
FZ-VPX
L[Note 1]
35
35
(100)
(100)
[Note1]: cable is available in 2 m/5 m.
29.8
15.6
L[Note 1]
30±5
68.1
6.9dia.
35.4
8
35.4
6.9dia.
50-pin square connector
10
(19.2dia.)
35
L[Note 1]
(30)
(10)
50-pin square connector
[Note1]: cable is available in 2 m/5 m.
33.7
200±10
50±10
30±5
5dia.
FZ-VP
2 to 15-pin square connector
50-pin square connector
[Note1]: cable is available in 2 m/5 m.
95
Xpectia FJ
Inspection systems
Cameras
 Digital cameras
5 million-pixel camera
FZ-S5M2
FZ-SC5M2
2 million-pixel camera
FZ-S2M
FZ-SC2M
300,000-pixel camera
FZ-S
FZ-SC
+0.01
53.5
47
28
4-
35
R3
ia.
9.5±0.1 9.5±0.1
Three, M2 mounting 10.5
holes with a depth of
5.5
3.0 mm
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 5.5 mm
24
Three, M2 mounting 10.5
holes with a depth of 5.5
3.0 mm
33.5
 Small digital cameras
Camera head
Flat camera
FZ-SF
FZ-SFC
9.5
UN
C-
9.5
2A
(C
mo
un
40.5
Mounting Holes
19±0.1
ia.
.5d
2-4
1/4” 20UNC
with a depth of
5.5 mm
t)
15.5 9.5 9.5
8.3
33.4
1/4” 20UNC with a
depth of 5.5 mm
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth of
5.5 mm
Pen-shaped camera
FZ-SP
FZ-SPC
16
9
26
9.5
8
Four, M1.7 mounting holes
with a depth of 1.5 mm
Two-4.3dia.
16.9
43
16
Eight, M1.7 mounting holes
with a depth of 1.5 mm
9.2
(From ccd surface)
3dia.
12.5dia.
6 12
17
M10.5
10 12
5.5
4-4.3dia.
11.5
3dia.
12
17
3
4.5
33
9
3
26
3000
44
9.2
(From ccd
surface)
M10.5
3.4 13.5
34
22
(1)
-32
34
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 5.5 mm
1/4” 20UNC with a
depth of 5.5 mm
10.5
1“
7
6.5
C mount
24
40.7
Four M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 4 mm (4 directions)
(R1
)
2dia. mounting holes with a
depth of 2.5 mm (4 directions)
30dia.
35
12
28
12
C mount
6.5
29
10.5
36d
14
28
14.5
10.5
22.7
25±0.05
Three, M2 mounting
holes with a depth of
3.0 mm
46.5
40
14.5 22
28
15.5±0.05
14.5±0.05
12
Three, M2 mounting
holes with a depth of
3.0 mm
2 0 Mounting holes with a
depthof 2.5 mm (4 directions)
17.69±0.05
29
2.3
14.5
16.8±0.05
15±0.05
22
12
14.5
16pin round connector
12.7 9.6
3000
7.5
20
43
Two, M3 mounting holes
with a depth of 4 mm
12.5dia.
16pin round connector
Camera amplifier
Can be used for both flat cameras and pen-shaped cameras
 High speed camera
FZ-SHC
FZ-SH
22
12
11.5
14.5
Four M4 mounting holes with a
depth of 4 mm (4 commonness)
30.2
Three, M2 mounting holes
with a depth of 3.0 mm
25
43.5
(8.8dia.)
(6.5)
4-R3
(8.5)
6.5
(20.7)
12
28
35
Three, M2 mounting
holes with a depth of 3.0 mm
24
7.5 9.5 9.5
2.5
33.5
48.2
10.5
36dia
1/4” 20UNC with a depth of 5.5 mm
(1)
1“-32UNF
(C mount)
34
15.5
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 5.5 mm
8.3
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth
of 5.5 mm
96
7
35
17.5
30dia
7.5
28
16.8
(6.5)
22
17.5
37
11.5
9.5
9.5
1/4” 20UNC with a
depth of 5.5 mm
40.9
Xpectia FJ
 Intelligent Compact Cameras
Narrow view/Standard
FZ-SQ010F
FZ-SQ050F
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Wide View
FZ-SQ100F (long-distance)
FZ-SQ100N (short-distance)
46
46
44
44
45
45
1
Optical
axis
1
Optical
axis
(94.8)
4-M4
Depth: 6
(49)
8
20
Mounting Hole Dimensions
Mounting Hole Dimensions
20±0.1
,
Two
ia.
.5 d
4
,
Two
4.5
dia.
Tightening torque: 1.2 N∙m
[Note1]: The mounting brackets can be connected to either side.
Tightening torque: 1.2 N∙m
[Note1]: The mounting brackets can be connected to either side.
4-M4
Depth: 6
20
20±0.1
20
(4.8)
8
(57)
1/4-20UNC
Depth: 6
3
(4.8)
11
32
1/4-20UNC
Depth: 6
Polarizing
Filter Attachment
9
20
67
(94.8)
32
9
67
Polarizing
Filter Attachment
1
Mounting Bracket
Mounting Bracket
See the diagram below when mounting bracket FQ-XL2 is attached.
(57)
Optical axis
67
40
30
4-M4 Depth: 6
1/4-20UNC Depth: 6
t1 Base
Screw,set double head
Cushion
38.8
20±0.1
(105.6)
5
(65)
59
20±0.1
Plate
ia.
41
38
.5 d
Tw
o, 4
20±0.1
Mounting Hole Dimensions
8
49
 Intelligent camera
FZ-SLC15
68
68
FZ-SLC100
101.5
27.5 37.5
2
27.5 37.5
2
28
(5.2)
33 78.2
92.4
10±0.1
28
(47)
20±0.1
40
50
100
45.0
95
40
100
106.5
90
28 73.2
87.4
(5.2)
(47)
20±0.1
10±0.1
7.4
Two, M4 mounting holes with a depth of 8.0 mm
Two, M4 mounting holes with a depth of 8.0 mm
58
1/4-20UNC with a depth of 8.0 mm
53
1/4-20UNC with a depth of 8.0 mm
97
Xpectia FJ
Inspection systems
 Auto focus camera
FZ-SZC15
FZ-SZC100
72.2
68
50
M39X0.5
35
93
89.5
30
45.2
59.4
66.5
10
10.5
28
7
73.5
46.9
40
134
1/4-20UNC with a depth of 8.0 mm
25
Two, M4 mounting
holes with a depth of
8.0 mm
20±0.1
45.2
Lens for small camera
FZ-LES Series
Extension Tubes for small camera
FZ-LESR
3
5
3
10
12dia.
Extension tubes
5 mm
3
Focal length
Brightness
Maximum
Overall length
outside diameter
FZ-LES3
3 mm
F2.0
12 dia.
16.4 mm
FZ-LES6
6 mm
F2.0
12 dia.
19.7 mm
FZ-LES16
16 mm
F3.4
12 dia.
23.1 mm
FZ-LES30
30 mm
F3.4
12 dia.
25.5 mm
12dia.
Lenses Model
Extension tubes
10 mm
15
M10.5
Diaphragm look screw (M1.4)
M10.5
12dia.
M10.5
4
12dia.
Diaphragm
adjustment knob
L
Extension tubes
15 mm
Special Halation-cutoff Lamp
FZ-SXCRB7018BR-4S (camera-integrated type)
.
140 MAX
0 dia
3.2
114
r,
Fou
(160)
35 MAX
8
(43.5)
(100)
(17.8)
8
(160)
114
22
45
Four, 3.2 dia.
114
45
71.5
10 50
50 11
4-M3 or Four, 3.2 dia.
Installation dimensions
4-M3
114
Installation dimensions
Camera Cable Extension Unit
LCD Monitor
FZ-VSJ
FZ-M08
Mountable plate thickness:
1.6 to 5.0 mm
(103.5)
4.65
27.5
4 9.1
98
Power supply
terminal block
Four, M4
75
(185)
161
(173.4)
(12.5)
(85.5)
93.8
83
60
3.2
9 14
(130)
(172)
230
3.2
Camera Cable Connector (Controller side)
75
(31.5)
4.85
65
40
(38)
Four, 3.4 dia.
14.9
9.1
(6)
POWER Indicator
26
9 15
(129.4)
171
Camera Cable Connector
(Camera side)
220
(90)
Xpectia FJ
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Optical Chart
5 million-pixel digital camera [email protected]
10000
FZ-LEH5
FZ-LEH8
FZ-LEH12
FZ-LEH16
t0
FZ-LEH25
FZ-LEH35
t0
FZ-LEH50
t1
t2
FZ-LEH75
t0
FZ-LEH100
1
t5
t0
Camera distance (mm)
t10
1000
t15
t5
t20
t10
t25
t35 t30
t45 t40
t15
t50
t20
t25
t40 t35 t30
t5
t10
t1
t25
t15
t2
t1
t20
t30
t5
t2
t10
t15
t5
t2
t20
t10
t15
100
t5
t2
t10
t5
t10
7
t0
t0
t0
t1
t0
t1
t0.5
t0.5
t1
t1.5
30
t0
t1
t2
t5
t1
t2
10
100
1000
Field of vision (mm)
The 5-mm Extension Tubes (3Z4S-LE ML-EXR) cannot be used with FZ-LEH25 Lenses.
2 million-pixel digital camera [email protected]
10000
FZ-LEH5
FZ-LEH8
FZ-LEH12
t0
FZ-LEH16
FZ-LEH25
FZ-LEH35
t0
FZ-LEH50
t1
t0
t2
Camera distance (mm)
t10
1000
t45 t40
t50
t40 t35 t30
t35 t30
t25
t0
t1
t0
t2
t15
FZ-LEH75
FZ-LEH100
t5
t5
t0
t20
t10
t15
t25
t15 t10
t30 t25 t20
t20
t0
t5
t2 t1
t5
t1
t0
t1
t2
t10
t2
t20
t15
100
t0.5
t5
t2
t10
t5
t10
t5
30
5
t0
t1
t10
10
t1
t0.5
t2
t1
t1.5
100
1000
Field of vision (mm)
The 5-mm Extension Tubes (3Z4S-LE ML-EXR) cannot be used with FZ-LEH25 Lenses.
99
Xpectia FJ
Inspection systems
300,000-pixel High-speed camera [email protected], and Digital camera [email protected]
10000
t0
t0
t0
Camera distance (mm)
t40
1000
100
t1.5
t2
t20 t15 t10
t30 t25
t45 t40 t35 t20 t15
t40 t35 t30 t25
t10
t15
t5
t25 t20
t10
t20 t15
t5
t0
t0.5
t5
t0.5
t1
t0.5
t2 t1.5 t1
t0.5
t5
t1.5
t2
t1
t0.5
t1.5
t2
t1 t0.5
t1.5
t2
t1
t0.5
t1.5
t1
t10 t5
t10
t1
3Z4S-LE
ML-0614
ML-0813
ML-1214
ML-1614
ML-2514
ML-3519
ML-5018
ML-7527
ML-10035
t2
t5
t10
t45
t60 t50
t50
t15
t0
t0
t2
t20
t35 t30 t25
t0
t0
t0
30
3
10
100
1000
Field of vision (mm)
300,000-pixel small digital cameras [email protected], [email protected]
10000
FZ-LES30
FZ-LES16
FZ-LES6
FZ-LES3
t0
t0
1000
t0
WD [Note1]
(mm)
t0
t5
t10
100
t15
t30 t25
t40
t35
t50 t45
t55
t60
t20
t5
t10
t15
t20
10
1
10
100
1000
Field of vision (mm)
Note: 1. The vertical axis represents WD, not installation distance.
 Meaning of Optical Chart
The X axis of the optical chart shows the field of vision (mm)*1, and the Y axis of the optical chart shows the camera installation distance (mm)*2.
Camera
Extension Tube thickness: t (mm)
Lens
Camera
distance (mm)
WD
(mm)
Field of vision (mm)
Y
Field of
vision
X
*1
The lengths of the fields of vision given in the optical charts are the lengths of the Y axis.
*2
The vertical axis represents WD for small cameras.
100
Xpectia FJ
Inspection & Ident systems
Inspection systems
Intelligent Cameras, Autofocus Cameras
 Narrow View
FZ-SLC15
(Unit: mm)
FZ-SZC15
13.8 to 14.9
Field of vision
3
2.9 to 3.1
35
0
13.8 to 14.9
Field of vision
2.9 to 3.1
13.8 to 14.9
2.9
to 3.1
to 55
13.8 to 14.9
2.9
to 3.1
47.5 to 67.5
1
0
 Wide View
FZ-SLC100
FZ-SZC100
29 to 100
29 to 100
Field of vision
Field of vision
29 to 100
29 to 100
12.6 to 52
12.6 to 52
70
0
12.6 to 52
190
to
0
197.5
to
77.5
* Field of Vision of Intelligent Cameras and Autofocus Cameras
The images displayed on the monitor will be rectangular images of 640×480 pixels.
The valid processing area for measurements is the 480×480-pixel area in the middle.
The above figures show the dimensions of the middle 480×480 pixels.
Intelligent Compact Cameras
 Narrow View
FZ-SQ010F
 Standard
FZ-SQ050F
 Wide View (Long-distance)
FZ-SQ100F
 Wide View (Short-distance)
FZ-SQ100N
300
240
53
13
Field of vision
7.5
38
Field of vision
191
153
33
13
8.2
8.2
4.7
0
Field of vision
Field of vision
to 60
56
0
to
53
29
33
215
0
220
to
970
18
0
32
380
to
101
VISION – TAILORED AND FIT FOR INDUSTRY
FlexXpect vision platform
FlexXpect is a modular Vision platform featuring industry specific
functionality. In combination with the powerful Xpectia-hardware, the
FlexXpect software modules take you into a new dimension of
specialisation. FlexXpect is simple to use and can be customised
easily, to focus on your individual needs. The combination of Xpectia’s
real colour sensing, high resolution and intuitive user guidance
combined with the FlexXpect value added tools represents an
unbeatable duo.
Depending on industry, different requirements and regulations are in
place for quality inspection. Premium class add-on functionality,
tailored for industry, is delivered by FlexXpect.
Flex
pect
Simplicity – easy to use
Customised to your needs
FlexXpect features an easy and intuitive user interface, which allows
inspection solutions to be set-up quickly and efficiently. With a built in
touch screen interface and icon based menu structure, the complexity of
programming the system is kept to a minimum. The Flow-Menu is an
ideal tool to re-built the process sequences inside the vision platform.
The FlexXpect platform can be further customized to the needs of the
individual application. Different levels of product modifications are
supported. Based on the skill of the user and required functionality it
offers:
• Flow programming
• GUI modifications
• Processing items & communication
102
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
• FlexXpect-Glue Bead: Automatic one shot seal inspection
• FlexXpect-Pharma: 21 CFR Part 11 compliant
• FlexXpect-Labelling: 360° bottle inspection
• FlexXpect-PV: alignment & inspection of wafers
103
VISION – TAILORED AND FIT FOR INDUSTRY
FlexXpect Pharma
FlexXpect is a modular Vision platform. In combination with the
powerful Xpectia-hardware, it takes you into a new dimension of
specialisation. The FlexXpect-Pharma is targeting challenging
inspections in the Pharmaceutical industry. It offers powerful
inspection tools and all functions, necessary for the validation under
the FDA 21 CFR Part 11. With the powerful code verification and OCR
features, FlexXpect-Pharma is the ideal solution for Track & Trace
applications.
Inspect any applications in Pharma:
• Blister pack
• Vials
• Syringes
• Label inspection
Flex
pect Pharma
Inspect any applications in Pharma
Pill inspection in blisters
Polar transformation of round strings
GS1Databar
(RSS14)
Code128
Code39
Date/Batch code verification (OCR/OCV)
104
High speed code reading
JAN
2D codes
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
• Strong OCR/OCV (any font & print type)
• Barcode/Datamatrix
• Braille
• Pattern and edge tools
• Real colour inspection
• High resolution to detect minute defects
Optimize your set-up with a click
User access administration
Audit trail
Generate and export configuration data
Item description
Order code
FlexXpect-Pharma software module
FLEXXPECT-PHARMA
Note: FlexXpect software modules require Xpectia/FZW hardware. This is not part of the item and needs to be ordered independently.
105
VISION – TAILORED AND FIT FOR INDUSTRY
FlexXpect Labelling
FlexXpect is a modular Vision platform. In combination with the
powerful Xpectia-hardware, it takes you into a new dimension of
specialisation. FlexXpect-Labelling has been designed to deliver
tailored functionality for inspection of labels and packages.
Label unwrapping from bottles for inspection of
premium beverages:
• Acquire images from up to 4x cameras
• Compensate the distortion
Powerful image processing tools for labelling:
• Identify the overlapping areas
• OCR/OCV
• Stitch the images together
• Barcode/Datamatrix
• Pattern and edge tools
• Real colour inspection
• High resolution to detect minute defects
Flex
pect Labelling
Powerful image processing tools for labelling
Strong OCR/OCV
Polar transformation of round strings
GS1Databar
(RSS14)
Code128
Code39
Date/Batch code verification (OCR/OCV)
106
High speed code reading
JAN
2D codes
Inspection & Ident systems
1
Position and defect inspection
Produce aesthetically perfect products is a key point.
FlexXpect-Labelling offers a suite of image processing
tools to inspect the label for position and defects.
YOUR BENEFITS
• Strong OCR/OCV
• Code reading (Barcode, Datamatrix)
• 360° inspections of bottles
• Real colour processing items
Reading different codes at a time
• High resolution
Two or more different codes in the same field of view can
be read by utilizing a high resolution camera.This function
helps to reduce the inspection time.
• Easy & intuitive configuration
Item description
Order code
FlexXpect-Labelling software module
FLEXXPECT-LABELLING
Note: FlexXpect software modules require Xpectia/FZW hardware. This is not part of the item and needs to be ordered independently.
107
VISION – TAILORED AND FIT FOR INDUSTRY
FlexXpect Glue Bead
FlexXpect is a modular Vision platform. In combination with the
powerful Xpectia-hardware, it takes you into a new dimension of
specialisation. The FlexXpect-Glue Bead inspects the complete
sealing of automotive parts in one shot. Driven by the real colour
functionality, any sealing can be identified and checked, independent
how visible it is. Featuring a simple set-up procedure and automatic
calculation of the path, it represents a powerful and straight forward
solution for any glue application.
Glue Bead inspection:
• Correct path
• Thickness
• Interrupt
Flex
pect Glue Bead
Inspect any applications in Pharma
FlexXpect-Glue Bead features an intuitive and easy set-up
procedure. No expert knowledge of the user is required.
Step 1
Step 2
Define inspection area.
Teach the glue.
108
Step 3
Step 4
Define start & end point of the glue.
Automatic calculation of the path of the
Glue Bead.
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
• One shot inspection of the complete path
• Easy set-up
• Automatic path calculation
• Real colour glue extraction
Item description
Order code
FlexXpect-Glue Bead software module
FLEXXPECT-GLUE BEAD
Note: FlexXpect software modules require Xpectia/FZW hardware. This is not part of the item and needs to be ordered independently.
109
VISION – TAILORED AND FIT FOR INDUSTRY
FlexXpect PV
FlexXpect is a modular Vision platform. In combination with the
powerful Xpectia hardware, it takes you into a new dimension of
specialisation. FlexXpect-PV delivers tailored functionality for
alignment and the inspection of wafers for chips and cracks.
Feautures of FlexXpect-PV:
Supported PV inspections:
• Precise wafer and string alignment
• Accurate chamfer chip inspection
• Detection of minute edge cracks
• Bus bar alignment on the wafer
• Easy and intuitive set-up
• Automatic extraction and teaching of the PV wafer
• Precise inspections with high resolution cameras
• Automatic robot calibration
• Fade-out strings and conveyor belts
Flex
pect PV
Quick set-up in simple steps:
Step 1:
Step 2:
Select the inspection function
Draw a rectangle around the wafer
Step 3:
Step 4:
One step deletion of bus bars and conveyor belts (optional)
Start the inspection
Accurate chamfer chip inspection (0.1 mm)
110
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
• One shot inspection of the complete path
• Easy set-up
• Automatic path calculation
• Real colour glue extraction
Bus bar alignment
Outline adge alignment
Precise detection of edge breakage
Item description
Order code
FlexXpect-PV software module
FLEXXPECT-PV
Note: FlexXpect software modules require Xpectia/FZW hardware. This is not part of the item and needs to be ordered independently.
111
CODE READERS
All codes with one touch
The new compact FQ-CR1 code reader from Omron enables accurate,
reliable and easy reading of barcodes and 2D codes, thanks to superior
crystal clear imaging technology, which it shares with the other products
in Omron’s highly regarded FQ family of vision sensors.
Paper or Cardboard
PET Bottles
ITF (Interleaved 2 of 5)
Medical Packs
PCB Boards
QR Code
Codebar (NW-7)
Compact and robust
Designed specifically for reading codes printed on paper or labels, the
FQ-CR1 features integrated high power LED lighting and HDR imaging
technology, enabling it to provide dependable code reading even in
challenging applications. It also automatically recognizes nine different
barcode formats and eight different 2D code formats without the need for
setting, making it exceptionally versatile and simple to configure.
112
JAN/EAN/UPC
QR Code
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
• 1D code reader
• 2D code reader
• Crystal-clear image quality
• One-touch control via simple, icon-driven menu
Guided by simplicity
Setting up the new FQ-CR1 can be carried out using a PC-based software package or by using the optional
handheld Touchfinder screen. Ideal for making set up changes on site, the Touchfinder screen features a
convenient and intuitive “teaching” system – the user simply places a sample code in the field of view of the
reader, confirms it using the Touchfinder screen, and the code reader automatically adjusts itself for optimum
performance.
113
FQ-CR1
Ident systems
All codes with one touch
The new compact FQ-CR1 code reader enables accurate, reliable and easy reading
of barcodes and 2D codes, thanks to superior crystal clear imaging technology, which
it shares with the other products in our highly regarded FQ family of vision sensors.
•
•
•
•
1D code reader
2D code reader
Crystal-clear image quality
One-touch control via simple, icon-driven menu
Ordering information
Type
Narrow view
Standard view
Wide view
(Long-distance)
(Short-distance)
300
240
53
7.5
38
Field of vision
191
153
33
13
8.2
8.2
4.7
0
Field of vision
Field of vision
13
Field of vision
to 57
56
to
53
29
33
215
0
0
220
to
970
18
0
NPN
FQ-CR10010F
FQ-CR10050F
FQ-CR10100F
FQ-CR10100N
PNP
FQ-CR15010F
FQ-CR15050F
FQ-CR15100F
FQ-CR15100N
Touch Finder
32
to
Cables
Type
Order code
Type
DC power supply
FQ-D30
FQ-WN002
AC/DC/battery
FQ-D31*1
FQ Ethernet Cables (connect 2 m
Code Reader to Touch Finder, 10 m
Code Reader to PC)
20 m
I/O Cables
2m
FQ-WD002
10 m
FQ-WD010
20 m
FQ-WD020
*1
380
AC Adapter and Battery are sold separately.
2D codes
Cable length
Order code
FQ-WN010
FQ-WN020
Barcodes
Data Matrix
QR Code
Micro QR Code
JAN/EAN/UPC
Code39
Codabar (NW-7)
PDF417
Micro PDF417
Maxi Code
ITF (Interleaved 2 of 5)
Code93
Code128/GS1-128
Aztec Code
Codablock
GS1-DataBar
GS1-128 Composite Code
Pharmacode
114
FQ-CR1
Item
Descriptions
Model
NPN
[email protected]@@@
PNP
[email protected]@@@
Field of vision
Refer to the table above
Installation distance
Minimum resolution
[email protected]: 0.040 mm
[email protected]: 0.282 mm
Main functions
Code
[email protected]: 0.070 mm
[email protected]: 0.155 mm
2D Code (DataMatrix (EC200), QR Code, MicroQR Code, PDF417, MicroPDF417, Maxi Code, Aztec Code and Codablock)
Bar code (JAN/EAN/UPC, Code39, Codabar (NW-7), ITF (Interleaved 2 of 5), Code 93, Code128/
GS1-128, GS1 DataBar* (Truncated, Stacked,
Omni-directional, Stacked Omni-directional, Limited, Expanded and Expanded Stacked), Pharmacode and GS1-128 Composite Code (CC-A, CC-B, CC-C))
Image input
Lighting
Data logging
Image filter
None
Verification function
Supported
Number of simultaneous inspections
32
Number of registered scenes
32
Image filter
Real color, high dynamic range (HDR), polarizing filter (attachment), white balance
Image elements
1/3-inch color CMOS
Shutter
1/250 to 1/30,000
Processing resolution
752 × 480
Lighting method
Pulse
Lighting color
White
LED class*1
Class 2
Measurement data
In Code Reader:
1,000 items (If a Touch Finder is used, results can be saved up to the capacity of an SD card.)
Images
In Code Reader:
20 images (If a Touch Finder is used, images can be saved up to the capacity of an SD card.)
Auxiliary function
Math (arithmetic, calculation function, trigonometric functions and logic functions
Measurement trigger
External trigger (single or continuous)
*1
Applicable standards: JIS C 6802:2005
Dimensions
FQ-CR1
Touch Finder
95
33
Polarizing
Filter Attachment
70
Mounting Bracket
85
52.9
14
27.9
23.8
89
38
42
(57)
8
12.1
38
15.58
9
32
(11)
(105.58)
45
35.5
1
46
13.5
15
115
1
Specifications
Inspection & Ident systems
Ident systems
V400-H
Ident systems
Target, “touch&go”
•
•
•
•
Easy to use – target, “touch&go”
Build-in LCD monitor for immediate display of results
Accurate – reading of direct print marks
Variable field of view
Ordering information
Main unit
Name
Communications interface
Field of vision
Remarks
Order code
2D code reader
RS-232C
5x5 to 10x10 mm
–
V400-H111
RS-232C
15x15 to 30x30 mm
–
V400-H211
Name
Cable length
Remarks
Order code
Contactor
–
Contactor for positioning (detachable)
V400-AC2
Communications cable
2m
For SYSMAC series connection (with power cord)
V400-W20-2M
Accessories
5m
2m
V400-W20-5M
For PC-compatible connection (with power cord)
5m
2m
V400-W21-5M
For PC-compatible connection (when using AC adaptor)
5m
AC adaptor
–
V400-W22-2M
V400-W22-5M
–
V600-A22
Ratings and specifications
Item
V400-H111
V400-H211
Field of vision
5x5 to 10x10 mm
15x15 to 30x30 mm
Working distance
40 mm (flush when contactor is mounted)
Power supply
5 VDC ±10%
Current consumption
1.0 A max.
Serial interface
RS-232C
Applicable codes
Data matrix, ECC200, 10x10 to 64x64, 8x18 to 16x48, QR code (models 1, 2), 21x21 to 57x57 (versions 1 to 10)
Operation method
Pressing the trigger button
Settings
Make settings by using the manual setting window, uploading from an SD memory card, or by using support software.
Memory card
SD memory card
Monitor
1.8 inch TFT LCD, displaying images and read data
Display illumination
Operation display, memory card access
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 to 40°C, storage: -25 to 60°C
Ambient humidity
35 to 85% (with no condensation)
Ambient conditions
No corrosive gases
Vibration resistance
10 to 150 Hz, single amplitude 0.35 mm (50 m2/s max. acceleration)
Shock resistance
150 m2/s in ±X, Y, and Z directions, 3 times
Weight
Approx. 230 g
Degree of protection
IEC 60529 IP64
Materials
Case: ABS; optical surface: PC; display surface: PMMA
116
V400-W21-2M
V400-H
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Main unit
Communication cable
V400-H111/V400-H211
V400-W20-2M/V400-W21-2M
Monitor
Power indicator (green)
2,000
29.8
20
300
Bush
12.6 dia.
64
30
Buzzer
Connector
Vinyl insulated round cable, 5.4-dia. conductor
Standard length: 2 m
Trigger buttons
Nameplate
D-sub 9-pin connector
1
Memory card slot
Inspection & Ident systems
Ident systems
55
45
V400-W20-5M/V400-W21-5M
29.8
500
(99)
5,000
20
12.6 dia.
Zoom lever
200
30
Bush
225
Connector
Vinyl insulated round cable, 6.1-dia.
with 8 conductors
Standard length: 2 m
Vinyl insulated round cable, 5-dia.
with 4 conductors
Standard length: 2 m
D-sub 9-pin connector
Nameplate
V400-W22-2M
Illumination
Reading port
Illumination
29.8
Vinyl insulated round cable, 2x2-dia.
with 2 conductors
Standard length: 0.2 m
2,000
AC Adaptor
Connector
200
Bush
30
Connector
48
12.6 dia.
V600-A22
25.4
Vinyl insulated round cable, 5-dia.
with 4 conductors
Standard length: 2 m
D-sub 9-pin connector
Nameplate
V400-W22-5M
29.8
500
(99)
Vinyl insulated round cable,
2x2-dia. with 2 conductors
Standard length: 0.2 m
5,000
54
Connector
200
12.6 dia.
Bush
30
Connector
Vinyl insulated round cable, 6.1-dia.
with 8 conductors
Standard length: 2 m
Vinyl insulated round cable, 5-dia.
with 4 conductors
Standard length: 2 m
D-sub 9-pin connector
Nameplate
Contactor
V400-AC2
40
57
109
117
V500-R5 Barcode Reader
Ident systems
Compact Laser
• Compact design
• Easy installation & setup
• Strong reading performance
Ordering information
Barcode Readers
Product
Model
Cable output
V500-R521B2
Round DIN connector
V500-R521C2
ID Link Unit (sold separately)
Cables (sold separately)
V700-L12
SYSMAC D-sub 9-pin cable, 0.8 m
V509-W011
SYSMAC D-sub 9-pin cable, 5 m
V509-W016
IBM PC/AT or compatible D-sub 9-pin cable, 0.8 m
V509-W011D
IBM PC/AT or compatible D-sub 9-pin cable, 5 m
V509-W016D
Ratings and Specifications
Item
Applicable
barcodes
V500-R_
Type of barcode
Code 39, NW-7, ITF, STF (2 of 5 bars), Code 93, Code 128 (including EAN128), EAN/UPC (A and E)
Number of read digits
32 digits max. (depends on bar width and read size)
Reading
Resolution
performance *1 Contrast (PCS value)
Interfaces
0.15 mm (for PCS0.9)
0.45 min. (70% white reflectance min.)
Reading distance
60 to 270 mm (with 1.0-mm thin bar)
Reading angle
Within 40° (including left and right margins)
Skew angle
±50° (excluding the upper 10° and lower 5° ranges)
Pitch angle
±25° (25° right and left)
Light source
Red laser diode (wavelength: 650 nm)
Optical output
1.0 mW max.
Scan type
Raster scan
Number of scans
500 scans/s
Number of read repetitions
2 to 6 times
Reading verification
Buzzer and LED indicators
Communications specifications
RS-232C
OK/NG output (V500-R521B2 only)
30 mA at 24 VDC, NPN open-collector output
Function setting method
Menu sheet reading or host commands
Read trigger
· External trigger (transistor input)
· Trigger by command (RS-232C)
· Test read trigger with the TEST Button on the Reader
Read
results
output
Power supply
specifications
Environment
RS-232C output
Read data is output.
OK/NG signal
(V500-R521B2 only)
The OK signal turns ON when reading is successful.
The NG signal turns ON when reading fails.
LED indicators
The OK indicator lights when reading is successful.
The NG indicator lights when reading fails.
Buzzer
The buzzer sounds when reading is successful. (The buzzer can be muted.)
Power supply voltage
5 VDC ±10% *2
Current consumption
220 mA typ. (330 mA max.)
Inrush current
2.5 A max.
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 45°C, Storage: -10°C to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 30% to 85% (with no icing or condensation)
Vibration resistance
12 to 100 Hz, 19.6 m/s2 acceleration in X, Y, and Z directions for 3 hours each
Allowable ambient light
3,000 lx max. (fluorescent light; excluding inverter fluorescent lighting)
Enclosure rating
IP54 (IEC 60529 standard)
Weight
80 g (excluding cable and connector)
I/O connector
V500-R521B2: Cable output
V500-R521C2: DIN 8-pin connector
Cable length
*1
2m
Unless otherwise specified, specifications are for a barcode set to JAN 1´ with an MRD of 63% or higher (a PCS value of 0.9 or higher) is used with the pitch angle (a) set to 0°, the skew angle (b)
set to 15°, the tilt angle (g) set to 0°, and the curvature (R) set to infinity.
*2
The power supply voltage is specified at the I/O connector of the Barcode Reader
118
V500-R5 Barcode Reader
Inspection & Ident systems
Ident systems
Dimensions
V500-R521B2/V500-R521C2
23
14.6
37.2
5.2
14.8
11
5.8
Optical axis
5.2
32.5
47.4
38.65
28.1
4
1
With V500-R521B2
7
50
Two, M3: screws
Depth: 4.5 mm max.
23.7
Black, 3.8-dia. vinyl-insulated round cable with 9 conductors
Standard length: 2 m
15°
With V500-R521C2
Connector
37.2
(100)
15°
14
20 dia.
37
Laser beam
16
Supplied Insulation Plate
Bar code label
Mounting Bracket Attached
71
37.2
60±0.2
19±0.2
5.2
5.5
26
Two corners,
R: 2
14.8
Optical axis
(24.37)
5.2
16
32
38.65
90°±0.3
Four, 0.5-dia
corners
Two, M5 through
Two, 4.3±0.1-dia.: holes
holes
(6)
Note: The insulation plate has a thickness of 8 mm.
2
(6)
(40)
Mounting bracket
Small pan-head screws
Two, M3 × 6 screws
36
27
19
Two corners, R: 2
3
Mounting hole dimensions
5.5
R: 19
19±0.2
Two, M5 holes
10°
5°
15°
9
14
5.5
2
Laser beam
Bar code label
119
V680 RFID SYSTEM
One for all
Whenever you need to have full transparency of your production
process or logistic application V680 is helping you to manage your
data most comfortably and reliably.
• Diagnostic functions for maintenance
• One for all: modular platform concept
• Flexible installation: long reach antennas
• Fit for speed: high turn around time
• Save time & costs: easy setup & maintenance
Production ID system for the paint shop
Monitoring of the moulding history
A RFID system is used to store the process parameters needed for the
production of the car throughout the process. Harsh conditions through
chemicals and high temperatures occur during the production steps. RFID is ideal for this application as it features high resistance tags for
harsh conditions.
Process and maintenance related information of a moulding press can be
stored by using RFID. The information can be read out permanently or on
demand from a remote location and can be used to control the process.
120
Inspection & Ident systems
1
YOUR BENEFITS
•
High speed air communication
•
Standardized protocol (ISO 15693)
•
Large memory (up to 32kByte) and very compact tags
•
Long life time of tags (FERAM variants)
•
All protocols for PLC communication
Traceability of automotive parts
Carrier Management
Track the parts in the production process. Process related information
can be stored to guarantee high quality production.
For the administration and traceability of transport carriers along the
hole process RFID represents a smart solution. V680 is working on the
standardized universal frequency of 13.56MHz. The flexible platform
with its versatile and compact design can be easily integrated into any
point in the production process.
121
V680 RFID Platform overview
Mobile transponder (FeRAM + EEPROM)
Wireless data acquisition
Please refer to the datasheet for the
recommended antennas
Antenna/Interrogator*
V680-D1KP52MT, 1 kByte (metal mounting)
V680-D2KF52M, 2 kByte (metal mounting)
V680-HS51/M12
V680-D1KP66T, 2 kBytes
V680-D1KP66MT, 1 kBytes (metal mounting)
V680-HS52/M22
V680-D2KF67, 2 kBytes
V680-D2KF67M, 2 kBytes (metal mounting)
V680-D8KF67, 8 kBytes
V680-D8KF67M, 8 kBytes (metal mounting)
V680-HS63, rectangular
V680-D1KP66T-SP, 1 kByte
(PFA enclosure / chemical resistant)
V680-HS65, rectangular
V680-D8KF68, 8 kBytes
V680-D32KF68, 32 kBytes
Amplifier*
V680-HA63A, 1kByte
V680-HA63B, >1kByte
Amplifier with noice measurement
function (for use of serial controller
or PLC unit)
V680-H01-V2, rectangular
(with integrated amplifier)
Handheld reader/writer
Handheld reader
USB for PC/IPC use
V680 CHUD (V680-CH1D / RS232 / 5V DC connector)
Handheld reader
RS-232C for handheld terminal
V680-CH1D-PSI
5V AC adapter for V680-CH1D: E3X-MC11-S-PS3 BYOMG
122
Feature and benefits
Communication and system integration
Easy to maintain 1/2 controller for long wired
serial communication
V680-CA5D01-V2 (1 channel)
V680-CA5D02-V2 (2 channels)
High speed communication system noise and
distance measurement for self diagnosis and
preventive maintenance.
Serial communication for long wiring
(<500 m)
Inspection & Ident systems
Controlling device
1
Protocol analyzer function comfortable software
for quick start-up and operation.
Modular multi functional RFID communication system
CJ1W-V680-C11 (1 channnel)
CJ1W-V680-C12 (2 channels)
CS1W-V680-C11 (1 channnel)
CS1W-V680-C12 (2 channels)
Future-proofed RFID system with enhanced
connectivity and additional functionality.
Up to 160 antennas can be cascaded
Multi-functional intelligent controller for
multi-purpose use.
V680-C#-SYS can be operated as multi-tasking
stand-alone system beside of existing PLC setups
CX-One Software allows easy integration using
function blocks.
Advanced modular RFID communication
system:
- Ethernet IP
- DeviceNet
- PROFIBUS-DP
- CAN
- CompoBus/S
V680-HAM81 PNP ID Flag Sensor
V680-HAM91 NPN ID Flag Sensor
Cost effective DeviceNet slave controller with
integrated amplifier for direct connection to any
DeviceNet nodes.
DeviceNet fieldbus high speed communication
(integrated amplifier)
ID Flag Sensor (PNP/NPN)
V680-HAM81/HAM91
Easy to setup ID flag system addressing up to
64.000 ID's.
ID flag sensor communication
Handheld Terminal
V680-A-7527S-G2-EG-S
Wireless handheld to R/W data at any time in
production process or logistics.
Further possibility to communicate on PC/IPC
platform via USB.
Demosoftware is pre-installed.
Handheld/PLC/PC communication
123
MEASUREMENT SENSORS
Never fail in measurement
Customer satisfaction highly depends on the quality of the
finished goods or the performance of the machine in use. Zero
defects in production is a key criterion for success. The speed of
production lines is getting increasingly faster. On the other hand
the machines should never fail. But can you trust the result?
To ensure highest inspection performance these smart
measurement sensors offer accurate, reliable and fast measurement. Various inspection principles and techno-logies always
provide the best solution for your application.
DISPLACEMENT/DISTANCE
Accurate measurement of distances can be done by laser
triangulation, inductive or tactile principles.
The Smart sensors ZX and ZS represent a powerful platform
matching the accuracy and technology, which is required for
this application.
124
ZX
ZS
see page 136
see page 126
2
Measurement sensors
VISION SYSTEMS
DISPLACEMENT / DISTANCE
POSITION / DIAMETER / WIDTH
Scan the profile of an object with a laser beam.
Depending of the height, the laser beam is reflected differently
and creates the profile information. By moving the sensor or the
object, the complete surface can be inspected. The Smart
profile sensors ZG provides an easy to use solution.
Determine accurately the position or diameter of an object. The
object interrupts the laser beam, which allows the edges of an
object to be determined. The smart laser micrometer ZX-GT is
the perfect choice for this task.
For large area monitoring and height measurements up to
2 m with cm accuracy see F3EM measuring light curtains in
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE.
ZG2
ZX-GT
F3EM
see page 158
see page 166
INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
125
DISPLACEMENT / DISTANCE MEASUREMENT
ZS-Series – All in one – Smart, accurate & scalable
The ZS laser sensor family provides outstanding measurement
performance on all kind of materials. Its huge range of sensor heads
and scalable concept makes it a versatile platform for all high
precision sensing applications. The ZS-series features an unique
sensor head for glass inspections, which simplifies mounting and
allows measurements even on round glass.
Powerful controller:
14 x sensor heads for any purpose:
• LCD display for setup and immediate result display
• Flexible sensing distance: from 10 mm to 1.500 mm
• Fast sampling time: 110 μs
• High accuracy: 0,25 – 5 μm
• Multi-tasking enabled by a single controller
• Difficult surfaces: glass, shiny metal, black rubber, etc.
• Scalability of up to 9 controllers (heads)
• Measure multiple surfaces of transparent objects
• Multi-controller unit (MDC)
• CMOS technology
• Remote control via communication interfaces and PC software
SENSOR HEADS ZS
Measuring
center
distance
Measuring
center
distance
ZS-HLDS150
ZS-LD350S
1500
350
ZS-LD200
ZS-HLDS60
200
600
ZS-LD130
130
ZS-HLDS10
100
ZS-LD80
80
50
20
15
10
0
ZS-HLDS5
50
40
ZS-HLDS2
ZS-HLDS2VT ZS-LD10G/
LDT15G
1500±500 mm
600±350 mm
ZS-LD50/LD50S
20
ZS-LD40T
0
ZS-LD20T/
LD20ST
Spot beam
Line beam
100±20 mm
Line beam
50±5 mm
Line beam
20±1 mm
Line/Spot beam
25±2 mm
Line beam
15±0.75 mm
10±0.5 mm
Line/Spot beam
ZS-HLDS sensor heads
Diffuse Reflective Sensors
Regular Reflective
Sensors
see page 128
126
ZS-LD sensor heads
Diffuse Reflective Sensors
Regular Reflective
Sensors
see page 128
Measurement sensors
2
YOUR BENEFITS
•
One sensor – any surface and distance
•
One controller – multi-tasking
•
One software – remote control
•
One solution – any application
Wafer thickness and warping inspection
Glass evenness inspection
Disk surface inspection
127
ZS-HL
Laser displacement sensor
The scalable high-precision laser
measurement sensor
The ZS laser sensor family provides outstanding measurement performance on
all kind of materials. Its huge range of sensor heads and scalable concept makes it
a versatile platform for all high precision sensing applications.
•
•
•
•
•
Highest resolution and dynamic sensing range for all surfaces
Modular and scalable platform concept for up to 9 sensors
Easy to use, install and maintain for all user levels
Fast response time of 110 μs
Multi-tasking capability – manages up to 4 measurement tools in one controller
Ordering information
Sensors
ZS-HL-series sensor heads
Optical system
Sensing distance
Beam shape
Beam diameter
Resolution*1
Order code
Regular reflective models
20±1 mm
Line beam
1.0 mmx20 μm
0.25 μm
ZS-HLDS2T
25±2 mm
2.2 mmx45 μm
0.6 μm
ZS-HLDS2VT
50±5 mm
1.0 mmx30 μm
0.25 μm
ZS-HLDS5T
100±20 mm
3.5 mmx60 μm
1 μm
ZS-HLDS10
600±350 mm
16 mmx0.3 mm
8 μm
ZS-HLDS60
1500±500 mm
40 mmx1.5 mm
500 μm
ZS-HLDS150
Diffuse reflective models
*1
Refer to the table of ratings and specifications for details.
ZS-HL-series sensor heads (for nozzle gaps) also compatible with ZS-L controller
Optical system
Sensing distance
Beam shape
Beam diameter
Resolution*1
Order code
Regular reflective models
10±0.5 mm
Line beam
900x25 μm
0.25 μm
ZS-LD10GT
15±0.75 mm
*1
ZS-LD15GT
Refer to the table of ratings and specifications for details.
ZS-L-series sensor heads
Optical system
Sensing distance
Beam shape
Beam diameter
Resolution*1
Order code
Regular reflective models
20±1 mm
Line beam
900x25 μm
0.25 μm
ZS-LD20T
Spot beam
25 μm dia.
40±2.5 mm
Line beam
2000x35 μm
50±5 mm
Line beam
900x60 μm
Spot beam
50 μm dia.
80±15 mm
Line beam
900x60 μm
2 μm
ZS-LD80
130±15 mm
Line beam
600x70 μm
3 μm
ZS-LD130
200 ±50 mm
Line beam
900x100 μm
5 μm
ZS-LD200
350 ±135 mm
Spot beam
240 μm dia.
20 μm
ZS-LD350S
Diffuse reflective models
*1
ZS-LD20ST
ZS-LD40T
0.8 μm
ZS-LD50
ZS-LD50S
This is the peak-to-peak displacement conversion value in the displacement output at the measuring center distance in high-precision mode when the number of samples to average is set to 128
and the measuring mode is set to the high-resolution mode. The standard workpiece is white aluminum ceramics in diffuse reflection mode and glass in the regular reflection mode.
ZS-HL-series sensor controllers
Multi-controllers
Supply voltage
Control outputs
Order code
Supply voltage
Control outputs
Order code
24 VDC
NPN outputs
ZS-HLDC11
24 VDC
NPN outputs
ZS-MDC11
PNP outputs
ZS-HLDC41
PNP outputs
ZS-MDC41
Supply voltage
Control outputs
Order code
24 VDC
NPN outputs
ZS-DSU11
PNP outputs
ZS-DSU41
ZS-HLDC41A
(incl. USB cable +
Smart monitor)
Data storage units
Accessories (sold separately)
Controller link
Extension cables for sensor heads
Item
Order code
Cable length
Quantity
Order code
Controller link
ZS-XCN
1m
1
ZS-XC1A
Panel mount adapter
4m
1
ZS-XC4A
Model
Order code
5m
1
ZS-XC5B*1,*2
For 1st controller
ZS-XPM1
8m
1
ZS-XC8A
For expansion (from 2nd controller on)
ZS-XPM2
10 m
1
ZS-XC10B*1
*1
*2
Cables for connecting to a Personal Computer
Type
Quantity
Order code
RS-232C
1
ZS-XRS2
USB
1
ZS-XUSB2
128
Up to two ZS-XC_B cables can be connected (22 m max.).
A robot cable (ZS-XC5BR) is also available.
ZS-HL
Laser displacement sensor
Order code
Smart monitor zero professional
ZS-SW11E
Laser Label Indications
Model
Order code
64 MB
F160-N64S(S)
Attach the following warning
label to the side of the
ZS-L-series Sensor Head.
128 MB
QM300-N128S
256 MB
F160-N256S
Memory card
Specifications
Sensor heads
ZS-HL-series sensor heads
Item
ZS-HLDS2T
Applicable controllers
ZS-HLDC series
ZS-HLDS2VT
Optical system
Regular
reflection
Diffuse reflection Regular
reflection
Regular
reflection
Diffuse reflection Regular
reflection
Diffuse reflection Diffuse reflection Diffuse reflection
Measuring center distance
20 mm
5.2 mm
25 mm
44 mm
50 mm
94 mm
100 mm
600 mm
1,500 mm
Measuring range
±1 mm
±1 mm
±2 mm
±4 mm
±5 mm
±16 mm
±20 mm
±350 mm
±500 mm
Light source
Visible semiconductor laser (wavelength: 650 nm, 1 mW max., JIS Clas
Beam shape
Line beam
Beam diameter*1
1.0 mmx20 μm
2.2 mmx45 μm
1.0 mmx30 μm
Linearity*2
±0.05% F.S.
±0.2 %F.S.
±0.1% F.S.
Resolution*3
0.25 μm
(No. of samples to average: 256)
0.5 μm
0.25 μm
(No. of samples (No. of samples to average: 512)
to average: 128)
Temperature characteristic*4 0.01% F.S./°C
Sampling cycle
Indicators
0.1% F.S./°C
ZS-HLDS5T
ZS-HLDS10
ZS-HLDS60
ZS-HLDS150
Visible semiconductor laser (wavelength 658 nm, 1 mW max., Class
2)
3.5 mmx60 μm
1 μm
(No. of samples to average: 64)
0.3 mmx16 mm 1.5 mmx40 mm
±0.07 %F.S.
(250 mm to
750 mm)
±0.1% F.S.
(750 mm to
950 mm)
±0.2 %F.S.
8 μm
(average 64)
(at 250 mm)
40 μm
(average 64)
(at 600 mm)
500 μm
(average 64)
Illumination on
received light
surface 1,000 lx
or less (incandescent light)
Illumination on
received light
surface 500 lx or
less (incandescent light)
0.01% F.S./°C
110 μs (high-speed mode), 500 μs (standard mode), 2.2 ms (high-precision mode), 4.4 ms (high-sensitivity mode)
NEAR
indicator
Lits near the measurement center, and nearer than the measurement center distance inside the measuring range.
Flashes when the measurement target is outside of the measuring range or when the received light amount is insufficient.
FAR indicator Lits near the measurement center, and further than the measurement center distance inside the measuring range.
Flashes when the measurement target is outside of the measuring range or when the received light amount is insufficient.
Operating ambient
illumination
Illumination on received light surface 3,000 lx or less (incandescent light)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to +50°C, storage: -15 to +60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Degree of protection
IP64
Vibration resistance
(destructive)
10 to 150 Hz, 0.7 mm double amplitude, 80 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance
(destructive)
150 m/s² 3 times each in six directions (up/down, left/right, forward/backward)
Materials
Case: aluminum die-cast, front cover: glass
Cable length
0.5 m, 2 m
Weight
Approx. 350 g
*1
*2
*3
*4
IP67
2m
Cable length 0.5 m: IP66, cable length 2 m: IP67
IP66 (IEC60529)
0.5 m, 2 m
Approx. 600 g
Approx. 800 g
Defined as 1/e² (13.5%) of the center optical intensity in the measurement center distance. The beam diameter is sometimes influenced by the ambient conditions of the workpiece such as leaked
light from the main beam.
This is the error on the measured value with respect to an ideal straight line. Linear curve may change according to the workpiece. The following lists the workpieces
Model
Diffusive reflection
Mirror reflection
ZS-HLDS2T
SUS block
Glass
ZS-HLDS5T/HLDS10
White alumina ceramic
Glass
ZS-HLDS60/HLDS150
White alumina ceramic
-
ZS-HLDS2VT
-
Glass
This is the “peak-to-peak” displacement conversion value of the displacement output in the measurement center distance when high-resolution mode and the average number in the table are set
(For ZS-HLDS60, the maximum resolution at 250 mm is also included). The following lists the workpieces.
Model
Diffusive reflection
Mirror reflection
ZS-HLDS2T
SUS block
Glass
ZS-HLDS5T
White alumina ceramic
Glass
ZS-HLDS10
White alumina ceramic
ZS-HLDS60/HLDS150
White alumina ceramic
-
ZS-HLDS2VT
-
Glass
Value obtained when the sensor part and object part are fixed with an aluminum jig.
129
2
Item
Measurement sensors
Safety precautions for using laser equipment
Logging software
ZS-HL
Laser displacement sensor
ZS-L-series sensor heads
Item
ZS-LD20T
Applicable controllers
ZS-HLDC/LDC series
ZS-LD20ST
Optical system
Regular reflection
Diffuse reflection
Regular reflection
Diffuse reflection
Regular reflection
Diffuse reflection
Regular reflection
Measuring center distance
20 mm
6.3 mm
20 mm
6.3 mm
40 mm
30 mm
10 mm
15 mm
Measuring range
±1 mm
±1 mm
±1 mm
±1 mm
±2.5 mm
±2 mm
±0.5 mm
±0.75 mm
Light source
Visible semiconductor laser (wavelength: 650 nm, 1 mW max., JIS Class 2)
Beam shape
Line beam
Spot beam
Line beam
Beam diameter*1
900 x 25 μm
25 μm dia.
2,000 x 35 μm
Approx. 25 x 900 μm
Linearity*2
±0.1%F.S
Resolution*3
0.25 μm
0.25 μm
0.4 μm
0.25 μm
0.04% FS/°C
0.02% FS/°C
0.04% FS/°C
Temperature characteristic*4 0.04% FS/°C
ZS-LD40T
ZS-LD10GT
Sampling cycle*5
110 μs (high-speed mode), 500 μs (standard mode), 2.2 ms (high-precision mode), 4.4 ms (high-sensitivity mode)
Indicators
NEAR
indicator
Lights near the measuring center distance, and nearer than the measuring center distance inside the measuring range.
Flashes when the measurement target is outside of the measuring range or when the received light amount is insufficient.
FAR
indicator
Lights near the measuring center distance, and further than the measuring center distance inside the measuring range.
Flashes when the measurement target is outside of the measuring range or when the received light amount is insufficient.
ZS-LD15GT
0.25 μm
Operating ambient
illumination
Illumination on received light surface: 3,000 lx or less (incandescent light)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50°C, storage: -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Degree of protection
Cable length 0.5 m: IP66, cable length 2 m: IP67
Materials
Case: Aluminum die-cast, front cover: Glass
Cable length
0.5 m, 2 m
Weight
Approx. 350 g
Approx. 400 g
Accessories
Laser labels (1 each for JIS/EN, 3 for FDA), ferrite cores (2), insure Locks (2), instruction sheet
Laser safety labels (1 each for JIS/
EN),ferrite cores (2), insure locks (2)
IP40
*1
Defined as 1/e² (13.5%) of the center optical intensity at the actual measurement center distance (effective value). The beam diameter is sometimes influenced by the ambient conditions of the
workpiece, such as leaked light from the main beam.
This is the error in the measured value with respect to an ideal straight line. The standard workpiece is white aluminum ceramics in diffuse reflection mode and glass in the regular reflection mode
of the ZS-LD20T/40T/50. Linearity may change according to the workpiece.
*3 This is the peak-to-peak displacement conversion value in the displacement output at the measuring center distance in high-precision mode when the number of samples to average is set to 128
and the measuring mode is set to the high-resolution mode. The standard workpiece is white aluminum ceramics in diffuse reflection mode and glass in the regular reflection mode.
*4
This is the value obtained at the measuring center distance when the Sensor and workpiece are fixed by an aluminum jig.
*5 This value is obtained when the measuring mode is set to the high-speed mode.
*2
ZS-L-series sensor heads
Item
ZS-LD50
Applicable controllers
ZS-HLDC/LDC series
Optical system (reflection)
Diffuse
Regular
Diffuse
Regular
Diffuse
Regular
Diffuse
Regular
Diffuse
Regular
Diffuse
Measuring center distance
50 mm
47 mm
50 mm
47 mm
80 mm
78 mm
130 mm
130 mm
200 mm
200 mm
350 mm
Measuring range
±5 mm
±4 mm
±5 mm
±4 mm
±15 mm
±14 mm
±15 mm
±12 mm
±50 mm
±48 mm
±135 mm
Light source
Visible semiconductor laser (wavelength: 650 nm, 1 mW max., JIS Class 2)
Beam shape
Line beam
Spot beam
Line beam
Line beam
Line beam
Beam diameter*1
900 x 60 μm
50 μm dia.
900 x 60 μm
600 x 70 μm
900 x 100 μm
Linearity*2
±0.1%F.S.
Resolution*3
0.8 μm
Temperature characteristic*4 0.02% FS/°C
ZS-LD50S
ZS-LD80
ZS-LD130
ZS-LD200
±0.25%F.S.
±0.1%F.S.
5 μm
20 μm
0.02% FS/°C
0.01% FS/°C
0.02% FS/°C
0.02% FS/°C
0.04% FS/°C
NEAR
indicator
Lights near the measuring center distance, and nearer than the measuring center distance inside the measuring range.
Flashes when the measurement target is outside of the measuring range or when the received light amount is insufficient.
FAR
indicator
Lights near the measuring center distance, and further than the measuring center distance inside the measuring range.
Flashes when the measurement target is outside of the measuring range or when the received light amount is insufficient.
Operating ambient
illumination
Illumination on received light surface: 3,000 lx or less (incandescent light)
Ambient
temperature
Operating: 0 to 50°C, storage: -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Degree of protection
Cable length 0.5 m: IP66, cable length 2 m: IP67
Materials
Case: Aluminum die-cast, front cover: Glass
Cable length
0.5 m, 2 m
Weight
Approx. 350 g
Accessories
Laser labels (1 each for JIS/EN, 3 for FDA), ferrite cores (2), insure Locks (2), instruction sheet
*4
*5
±0.04%F.S.
3 μm
Indicators
*3
240 μm dia.
±0.25%F.S.
2 μm
110 μs (high-speed mode), 500 μs (standard mode), 2.2 ms (high-precision mode), 4.4 ms (high-sensitivity mode)
*2
Spot beam
0.8 μm
Sampling cycle*5
*1
ZS-LD350S
Illumination on received light Illumination on received light surface:
surface: 2,000 lx or less (in- 3,000 lx or less (incandescent light)
candescent light)
Defined as 1/e² (13.5%) of the center optical intensity at the actual measurement center distance (effective value). The beam diameter is sometimes influenced by the ambient conditions of the
workpiece, such as leaked light from the main beam.
This is the error in the measured value with respect to an ideal straight line. The standard workpiece is white aluminum ceramics in diffuse reflection mode and glass in the regular reflection mode
of the ZS-LD20T/40T/50. Linearity may change according to the workpiece.
This is the peak-to-peak displacement conversion value in the displacement output at the measuring center distance in high-precision mode when the number of samples to average is set to 128
and the measuring mode is set to the high-resolution mode. The standard workpiece is white aluminum ceramics in diffuse reflection mode and glass in the regular reflection mode.
This is the value obtained at the measuring center distance when the sensor and workpiece are fixed by an aluminum jig.
This value is obtained when the measuring mode is set to the high-speed mode.
130
ZS-HL
Laser displacement sensor
Sensor controllers
ZS-HL-series sensor controllers
Item
ZS-HLDC11
ZS-HLDC41
NPN/PNP
NPN
PNP
No. of samples to average
1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1,024, 2,048, or 4,096
Number of mounted sensors
1 per sensor controller
External Connection method
interface Serial I/O
USB 2.0
Serial I/O: connector, other: pre-wired (standard cable length: 2 m)
Output
1 port, 115,200 bps. max.
Judgement output HIGH/PASS/LOW 3 outputs
NPN open collector, 30 VDC, 50 mA max.,
residual voltage 1.2 V max
Linear output
Inputs
1 port, full speed (12 Mbps max.), MINI-B
HIGH/PASS/LOW: 3 outputs
PNP open collector, 50 mA max.,
residual voltage 1.2 V max
Selectable from 2 types of output, voltage or current (selected by slide switch on bottom).
Voltage output: .10 to 10 V, output impedance: 40 
Current output: 4 to 20 mA
Laser OFF,
ON: Short-circuited with 0 V terminal or 1.5 V or less
ZERO reset timing, OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
RESET
ON: Short-circuited to supply voltage or within 1.5 V of supply voltage.
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Display: Measured value, threshold value, voltage/current, received light amount, and resolution/terminal block output
Sensing: Mode, gain, measurement object, head installation
Measurement point: Average, peak, bottom, thickness, step, and calculations
Filter: Smooth, average, and differentiation
Outputs: Scaling, various hold values, and zero reset
I/O settings: Linear (focus/correction), judgments (hysteresis and timer), non-measurement, and bank (switching and clear)
System: Save, initialization, measurement information display, communications settings, key lock, language, and data load
Task: Single task or multitask (up to 4)
Status indicators
Segment display
2
Functions
Measurement sensors
RS-232C
HIGH (orange), PASS (green), LOW (orange), LDON (green), ZERO (green), and ENABLE (green)
Main digital
8-segment red LED, 6 digits
Sub-digital
8-segment green LEDs, 6 digits
LCD
16 digitsx2 rows, colour of characters: green, resolution per character: 5x8 pixel matrix
Setting inputs
Setting keys
Direction keys (UP, DOWN, LEFT, and RIGHT), SET key, ESC key, MENU key, and function keys (1 to 4)
Slide switch
Threshold switch (2 states: High/Low), mode switch (3 states: FUN, TEACH, and RUN)
Power supply voltage
21.6 V to 26.4 VDC (including ripple)
Current consumption
0.5 A max. (when sensor head is connected)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50°C, storage: -15 to +60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Degree of protection
IP20
Materials
Case: Polycarbonate (PC)
Weight
Approx. 280 g (excluding packing materials and accessories)
Accessories
Ferrite core (1), instruction sheet
ZS-MDC11/MDC41 multi controllers
Basic specifications are the same as those for the sensor controllers.
Controller link unit
The following points, however, are different.
Connection using the ZS-XCN
(1) Sensor heads cannot be connected.
(2) A maximum 9 of controllers can be connected. Control link units are required to
connect controllers.
(3) Processing functions between controllers: Math functions
Controller link unit
Data storage unit
Multi-controller
Sensor controllers
Data storage units
Sensor controllers
Model
ZS-DSU11
Number of mounted censor heads
Cannot be connected
Number of connectable controllers
10 controllers max. (ZS-MDC: 1 controller, ZS-HLDC: 9 controllers max.)*1
Connectable controllers
ZS-HLDC_ _ , ZS-MDC__
External Connection method
interface Serial I/O
USB 2.0
Serial I/O: connector, other: pre-wired (standard cable length: 2 m)
RS-232C
ZS-DSU41
1 port, full speed (12 Mbps), MINI-B
1 port, 115,200 bps max.
Outputs
3 outputs: HIGH, PASS, and LOW
NPN open-collector, 30 VDC, 50 mA max.,
residual voltage: 1.2 V max.
3 outputs: HIGH, PASS, and LOW
PNP open-collector, 50 mA max.,
residual voltage: 1.2 V max.
Inputs
ON: Short-circuited with 0V terminal or 1.5 V or less
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
ON: Short-circuited to supply voltage or within 1.5 V of supply voltage
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Data resolution
32 bits
Function Logging trigger functions
s
Other functions
Start and stop triggers can be set separately; external triggers, data triggers (self-triggers), and time triggers
Status indicators
OUT (orange), PWR (green), ACCESS (orange), and ERR (red)
Segment display
8-segment green LEDs, 6 digits
LCD
Setting inputs
External banks, alarm outputs, saved data format customization, and clock
16 digitsx2 rows, colour of characters: green, resolution per character: 5x8 pixel matrix
Setting keys
Direction keys (UP, DOWN, LEFT, and RIGHT), SET key, ESC key, MENU key, and function keys (1 to 4)
Slide switch
Threshold switch (2 states: High/Low), mode switch (3 states: FUN, TEACH, and RUN)
131
ZS-HL
Laser displacement sensor
Sensor controllers
Model
ZS-DSU11
ZS-DSU41
Power supply voltage
21.6 V to 26.4 VDC (including ripple)
Current consumption
0.5 A max.
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50°C, storage: -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Materials
Case: Polycarbonate (PC)
Weight
Approx. 280 g (excluding packing materials and accessories)
Accessories
Ferrite core (1) instruction sheet, tools for data storage unit: CSV file converter for data storage unit, smart analyzer macro edition
(Excel macros for analysis of collected data)
*1
Control link units are required to connect controllers.
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Sensor heads
ZS-HLDS2T
Receiver section
Reference surface
2- ∅ 4.5 mm mounting hole
26.4
20
Reception axis
12
65
57
4
When used in diffuse reflection
Operation indicator
57 ± 0.1
4
Measuring center
5.2
2-M4
20
4
32
Mounting hole dimensions
25
51.7
Reception axis
20
Measuring
center
49.3
13.8
18.1
50
Emission axis
Reference
surface
Emitter section
78.4
20
24.1
25
6.5
65
56.5
77.2
4.7
30.1
Vinyl insulated round cable ∅ 6.8 mm
Standard length: 2 m
Emission axis
42
ZS-HLDS5T/HLDS10
ZS-HLDS5T when used in regular reflection
Reference surface
18
44.1
98.5
36
10.3
67.6
Emission axis
27
110.9
64.2
9.5
Reference
surface
3- ∅ 4.5 mm mounting hole
A° (Note 1)
18.1
23.1
15
(15)
25
16.4
Measuring
center
Reception axis
70 ± 0.1
9.5 ± 0.1
3-M4
(5)
Receiver
section
Reception
axis
82
92.1
46
Emitter
section
69
100
∅ 13
Operation indicator
8
9.5
30
4
Emission axis
Measuring center
25
22.7
80
72
70
28.8
L (Note 1)
3- ∅ 4.5 mm mounting hole
18.6
Optical axis
69 ± 0.1
45.1
30.1
16.9
Vinyl insulated round cable ∅ 6.8 mm
Standard length: 2 m
42
In the case of ZS-HLDS5T, L=50, A=30°
In the case of ZS-HLDS10, L=100, A=25°
ZS-HLDS10 when used in regular reflection
Mounting hole dimensions
94.1
95.9
68.3
15.6
9.3
Emission axis
37.7
2- ∅ 4.5 mm mounting hole
24.2
Measuring
center
15.2
23.5
(Note 1):
65.3
Reception axis
132
109.6
25
12.5
ZS-HL
Laser displacement sensor
ZS-HLDS60/HLDS150
19
38
Optical axis
Reference surface
L (Note 1)
Receiver section
75
65
5
22.7
Operation indicator
8
47
9.5
28
88.75
(5)
25
16.4
A° (Note 1)
Mounting hole dimensions
2
30.1
57
Emitter section
3-M4
45 ± 0.1
120
45
115.06
Emission axis
Reference
surface
∅ 13
102
46
65 ± 0.1
Measuring
center
Measurement sensors
Reception axis
Vinyl insulated round cable ∅ 6.8 mm
Standard length: 0.5 m
(Note 1):
42
In the case of ZS-HLDS60, L=600, A=7°
In the case of ZS-HLDS150, L=1500, A=3°
15.3
2
ZS-LD50/LD50S/LD80/LD130/LD200/LD350S
Two, 4.5 mm dia.
mounting holes
35
L (Note 1)
4
65
8
Reference
surface
56±0.1
27.1
11
Measuring
center
4.5
8
Range
indicator
M4
8
Reception
axis
56±0.1
56
65
45
Emitter
Emission
axis
2-
8
Receiver
4.5
Mounting hole dimensions
56
8.5
A (Note 1)
30.1
42
Note 1
ZS-LD50:
ZS-LD50S:
ZS-LD80:
ZS-LD130:
ZS-LD200:
ZS-LD350S:
L = 50, A = 25º
L = 50, A = 25º
L = 80, A = 15º
L = 130, A = 12º
L = 200, A = 8º
L = 350, A = 5º
Note 1
ZS-LD20T:
ZS-LD20ST:
ZS-LD40T:
L = 20, A = 45º
L = 20, A = 45º
L = 40, A = 32º
Vinyl insulated round cable,
6.2 mm dia.
Connector
Standard length: 0.5 m
ZS-LD20T/LD20ST/LD40T
35
Two, 4.5 mm dia.
mounting holes
65
L (Note 1)
4
8
Reference
surface
56±0.1
Receiver
Range
indicator
30.1
2-
8
Mounting hole dimensions
56
8.5
4.5
A (Note 1)
M4
8
Emitter
Emission
axis
Reception
axis
56±0.1
56
65
45
30
27.1
Measuring
center
4.5
8
15.30
42
Connector
Vinyl insulated round cable,
6.2 mm dia.
Standard length: 0.5 m
133
ZS-HL
Laser displacement sensor
ZS-LD10GT
ZS-LD15GT
105
115
8.5
8.5
30
Connector
25
0
4.5
30
20
40
4M
20 ± 0.1
Mounting hole dimensions
Emitter
section
Sensor controllers
ZS-MDC11/MDC41 Multi-controllers
23.20
ZS-HLDC11/HLDC41
60
52.50
3.90
10.80
4.30
4.30
3.90
90
90
4.61
60
52.50
13 10
.7
134
18
32.90
24.20
24.20
18
32.90
13 10
11
4- Ø 4.5 mounting hole
4- Ø 8 (counter bored 4)
45
8
4
Receiver
section
90
Reception
axis
Measuring
center
29 ± 0.1
36
16
26
M4
3-
46 ± 0.1
76 ± 0.1
40
Emitter
section
16.5
24
Reference
surface
Emission
axis
30 ± 0.1
C
2-
Emission axis
Measuring
center
5
11.5
11.5
15
Reception
axis
96 ± 0.1
44
84
74
55
44
56
12.50
17.50
10 10
3- Ø 4.5
mounting hole
90
Mounting hole dimensions
Vinyl insulated
round cable
Ø 6.2 mm
Standard length:
0.5 m, 2 m
85
30
25
55
45
45
35
Reference
surface
26 ± 0.1
Connector
12
30
Vinyl insulated round cable Ø 6.2 mm
Standard length: 0.5m, 2m
42
40
42
15
.
dia
.
.7
11
dia
10.80
Receiver
section
ZS-HL
Laser displacement sensor
Panel mount adapters
Data storage unit
ZS-DSU11/DSU41
ZS-XPM1/XPM2 (Dimension for panel mounting)
(60 X n) + 12
60 X n
Panel
13
3
59.85
52.50
4.7
4.8
60
90
Measurement sensors
11
(140)
5.2
122
90
DIN track
Panel
Panel mount adapter
(2)
(37.5)
3.90
4.30
(Note 1)
Panel cutout dimensions
Note 1: Dimensions are shown for a panel thickness of 2.0 mm
n: Number of gang-mounted controllers (1 to 11)
10.80
2
24.20
18
32.90
116±1
13 10
.
.7
dia
11
(60 X n) + 8
135
DISPLACEMENT / DISTANCE MEASUREMENT
ZX-Series – smart sensing in different technologies
The ZX displacement sensor platform offers a variety of interchangeable sensor heads, including laser, inductive and contact types. They
can be easily connected to a standard amplifier.
Simply select the sensor head that fits your application based on
material and accuracy. The easy exchange of sensor heads reduces
installation time and saves maintenance costs.
The modular platform enables different sensing technologies to be
combined in one platform. The easy set-up of ZX can be done with
the amplifier or by the intuitive Smart Monitor PC software.
SENSOR HEADS ZX
ZX-L – smart laser displacement
ZX-E – smart inductive displacement
ZX-T – Smart contact measurement
• Sensing range from 2 mm – 500 mm
• High resolution of 1 μm
• Wide range of heads and contact tips
• High resolution
• Sensing range from 0.5 mm – 7 mm
• Long life ball bearing structure
• Fast response time
• High linearity for any metal
• High resolution of 0.1 μm
• Surfaces: plastic, metal, paper,
• Mutual interference prevention
• Pressing force alarm to prevent
rubber, etc.
• Thickness, evenness, warpage
malfunctions
measurement
see page 142
136
see page 148
see page 153
Measurement sensors
2
YOUR BENEFITS
• Modular platform
• Combine tactile, inductive and laser sensors
• Plug and play – interchangeable sensor heads
• Multi-point measurements
• Calculate and communicate
• Digital I/Os and analogue outputs
Measurement of structured surfaces
Eccentricity control of a rotating shaft
Thickness measurement
137
ZX2
Laser displacement sensor
Stable, easy & affordable
laser measurement sensor
High accuracy and measurement stability, at an affordable price. The new ZX2 laser
sensor offers best in class performance for accuracy and speed for all linear
displacement applications. Utilising an advanced HSDR-CMOS image sensor, high
measurement stability is achieved, even on the most challenging of surfaces.
•
•
•
•
One touch setup
Accurate: 1.5–5 μm
Any surface
High speed: 30 μs
Ordering information
Sensor heads
Optical system
Beam shape
Diffuse-reflective
Line beam
Sensing distance
50±10 mm
Spot beam
40
Line beam
Regular reflective
65
Spot beam
ZX2-LD50L
ZX2-LD50
5 μm
ZX2-LD100L
ZX2-LD100
135
48±5 mm
43
Order code
1.5 μm
60
100±35 mm
Spot beam
Resolution
1.5 μm
ZX2-LD50V
53
Amplifier units
Power supply
Output type
Order code
DC
NPN
ZX2-LDA11
PNP
ZX2-LDA41
Accessories (order separately)
These are not included with the Sensor Head or Amplifier Unit.
Please order as necessary.
Sensor head extension cables*1
Calculating unit
Calculating unit
Order code
Cable length
Order code
ZX2-CAL
1m
ZX2-XC1R
4m
ZX2-XC4R
9m
ZX2-XC9R
20 m
ZX2-XC20R
*1.
Extension cables cannot be coupled and used together.
Mounting brackets
Applicable Sensor Heads
ZX2-LD50V
ZX2-LD50L
ZX2-LD50
ZX2-LD100L
ZX2-LD100
138
Appearance
Contents
Order code
Mounting Bracket: 1
Nut plate: 1
Phillips screws (M3×30): 2
E39-L178
E39-L179
ZX2
Laser displacement sensor
Specifications
Diffuse reflective Sensor Heads
Item Model
ZX2-LD50L
Optical system
Diffuse reflective
ZX2-LD50
ZX2-LD100L
Light source (wave length)
Visible-light semiconductor laser with a wavelength of 660 nm and an output of 1 mW max.
ZX2-LD100
EN class 2,FDA class II*5
Measurement center point
50 mm
Measurement range
±10 mm
100 mm
Beam shape
Line
Spot
Line
Spot
Beam size*1
Approx. 60 μm×2.6 mm
Approx. 60 μm dia.
Approx.110 μm×2.7 mm
Approx.110 μm dia.
Resolution*2
1.5 μm
Linearity*3
±0.05% F.S. (40 to 50 mm)
±0.1% F.S. (40 to 50 mm)
±0.05%F.S. (65 to 100 mm)
±0.1%F.S. (65 to 100 mm)
±0.1% F.S. (entire range)
±0.15% F.S. (entire range)
±0.1% F.S. (entire range)
±0.15% F.S. (entire range)
Measurement sensors
±35 mm
Temperature characteristic*4
0.02% F.S./°C
Ambient illumination
Incandescent lamp: 10,000 lx max. (on light receiving side)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to +50°C, Storage: -15 to +70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute.
Vibration resistance (destruction)
10 to 150 Hz, 0.7-mm double amplitude, 80 minutes. each in X,Y,and Z directions
Shock resistance (destruction)
300 m/s2 3 times each in six directions (up/down,left/right,forward/backward)
Degree of protection
IEC60529, IP67
Connection method
Connector connection (standard cable length: 500 mm)
Weight (packed state)
Approx.160 g (Sensor Head only: Approx.75 g)
Materials
Case and cover: PBT (polybutylene terephtahalate), Optical window: Glass, Cable: PVC
Accessories
Instruction sheet, Ferrite core, Laser warning label (English), FDA certification label
2
5 μm
Regular-reflective Sensor Heads
Item Model
ZX2-LD50V
Optical system
Regular reflective
Light source (wave length)
Visible-light semiconductor laser with a wavelength of 660 nm and an output of 0.24 mW max. EN class 1, FDA class I
Measurement center point
48 mm
Measurement range
±5 mm
Beam shape
Spot
Beam size*1
Approx. 60 μm dia.
Resolution*2
1.5 μm
Linearity*3
±0.3% F.S. (entire range)
Temperature characteristic*4
0.06% F.S./°C
Ambient illumination
Incandescent lamp: 10,000 lx max. (on light receiving side)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to +50°C, Storage: -15 to +70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute.
Vibration resistance (destruction)
10 to 150 Hz, 0.7-mm double amplitude, 80 minutes. each in X,Y,and Z directions
Shock resistance (destruction)
300 m/s2 3 times each in six directions (up/down,left/right,forward/backward)
Degree of protection
IEC 60529, IP67
Connection method
Connector connection (standard cable length: 500 mm)
Weight (packed state)
Approx.160 g (Sensor Head only: Approx.75 g)
Materials
Case and cover: PBT (polybutylene terephtahalate), Optical window: Glass, Cable: PVC
Accessories
Instruction sheet, Ferrite core, Laser warning label (English)
*1
Beam size: Defined as 1/e2 (13.5%) of
the central intensity at the smallest value of diameter for the measurement range (typical value) False detections can occur in the case there is light leakage
outside the defined region and the surroundings of the target object have a high reflectance in comparison to the target object.
Resolution: indicates the degree of fluctuation (±3) of analog output when connected to the ZX2-LDA. (The measured value is given for the center distance for OMRON’s standard target object
(diffuse-reflective models: white ceramic object, regular-reflective models: 1/4  flat mirror) when the response time of the ZX2-LDA is set to 128 ms.)
Indicates the repetition accuracy for when the workpiece is in a state of rest. Not an indication of distance accuracy. Resolution performance may not be satisfied in a strong electromagnetic field.
*3
Linearity: indicates the error with respect to the ideal straight line of the displacement output in the case of measuring Omron’ s standard target object. Linearity and measured value may vary
depending on target object. F.S. indicates the full scope of the measurement range. (ZX2-LD50 (L): 20mm)
*4
Temperature characteristic: Value for the case the space between the sensor head and Omron’s standard target object is secured by an aluminum jig. (Measured at the measurement center distance)
*5
These Sensors are classified as Class 2 laser devices for diffuse-reflective models and Class 1 for regular-reflective models under EN 606825-1 and the regulations of Laser Notice No. 50 for
FDA certification. CDRH registration has been completed for diffuse-reflective models and is scheduled for regular-reflective models.
*2
Note: False detection outside the measurement range can occur in the case of an object with high reflectance.
139
ZX2
Laser displacement sensor
Amplifier units
Item
ZX2-LDA11
Measurement period*1
Min 30 s
Response time
60 μs, 120 μs, 240 μs, 500 μs, 1 ms, 2 ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 12 ms, 20 ms, 36 ms, 66 ms, 128 ms, 250 ms, 500 ms
Analog output*2
4 to 20 mA, Max. load resistance: 300, ±5VDC or 1 to 5 VDC, Output impedance: 100
Judgement outputs (HIGH/PASS/LOW: 3
outputs), error output
NPN open-collector outputs, 30 VDC, 50 mA max.(residual voltage:
1 V max. for load current 10 mA max.,2 V max. for load current above
10 mA)
PNP open-collector outputs, 30 VDC, 50 mA max.(residual voltage: 1 V max.
for load current 10 mA max., 2 V max. for load current above 10 mA)
Laser OFF input, zero reset input, timing
input, reset input, bank input
ON: Short-circuited with 0-V terminal or 1.5 V or less
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
ON: Supply voltage short-circuited or supply voltage within 1.5 V
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Functions
Smart tuning, scaling, sample hold, peak hold, bottom hold, peak-to-peak hold, self-peak hold, self-bottom hold, average hold, zero reset, On-delay
timer, OFF-delay timer, keep/clamp switch, (A-B)calculations*3, thickness calculation*3, mutual interference prevention*3, laser deterioration detection,
bank function (4 banks)
Indications
Judgement indicators: HIGH (orange), PASS (green), LOW (orange), 11-segment main display (red), 11-segmentsub-display (orange), laser ON (green),
zero reset (green), enable (green), menu (green), HIGH threshold (orange), LOW threshold (orange)
Power supply voltage
10 to 30 VDC, including 10% ripple(p-p)
Power consumption
3,000 mW max. with power supply voltage of 30 VDC and power supply current of 100 mA (with Sensor connected)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to +50°C, Storage: -15 to +70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
Vibration resistance
(destruction)
10 to 150 Hz, 0.7-mm double amplitude, 80 min. each in X,Y,and Z directions
Shock resistance
(destruction)
300 m/s2 3 times each in six directions (up/down,left/right,forward/backward)
Degree of protection
IEC60529, IP40P
Connection method
Prewired (standard cable length: 2 m)
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 200 g (unit only: Approx.135 g)
Materials
Case: PBT(polybutylene terephtahalate), Cover: Polycarbonate, Display: Acrylic resin, Button: Polyacetal, Cable: PVC
Accessories
Instruction sheet
*1
*2
*3
ZX2-LDA41
In the case of Omron’s standard target object (white ceramic)
Configure current output (4 to 20mA) and voltage output (±5V or 1 to 5V) by MENU mode.
Calculating unit (ZX2-CAL) is necessary.
Calculating unit
Item
ZX2-CAL
Applicable amplifier units
ZX2-LDA11/ZX2-LDA41
Current consumption
12 mA max. (supplied from the smart sensor amplifier unit)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to +50°C, storage: -15 to +70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35 to 85% RH (with no condensation)
Connection method
Connector
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Insulation resistance
100 M (at 500 VDC)
Vibration resistance (destructive)
10 to 150 Hz, 0.7-mm double amplitude 80 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance (destructive)
300 m/s2 3 times each in six directions (up/down, left/right, forward/backward)
Materials
Case: PBT (polybutylene terephthalate), Display: Acrylic resin
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 50 g
Accessories
Instruction sheet
140
ZX2
Laser displacement sensor
Dimensions
Units
Sensor heads
Amplifier units
ZX2-LDA11/ZX2-LDA41
ZX2-LD50/ZX2-LD50L/ZX2-LD100/ZX2-LD100L
18
(9.7)
11.7
Reference surface
50
Vinyl insulated round cable,
4.7 dia., 4 conductors
(Conductor cross-section: 0.086mm2/
Insulator diameter: 0.9mm)
Standard length: 0.5m
In the case of ZX2-LD50 (L),
* L=50,
A=21°
In the case of ZX2-LD100 (L),
L=100, A=11.5°
38.4*1
16.6
*1 Maximum height when cover open:56
*2 Minimum length when connected:50
6.1
15.4
10.9
36.8
Vinyl insulated round cable,
5.2 dia., 11 conductors
(Conductor cross-section: 0.09mm2/
Insulator diameter: 0.7mm)
Standard length: 2m
Accessories
Calculating unit
ZX2-CAL
Coupling
connectors
3
24.9
19.5
15.1
Coupled indicators
12
57
26
3.4
30
8
36.7
5
Sensor head extension cables
Amplifier Unit attachment connector
(female, 6 pole)
L*
29.8
Vinyl insulated round cable, 4.7 dia.
28.9
8.9 dia.
12.3 dia.
ZX2-XC1R/ZX2-XC4R/ZX2-XC9R
Sensor Head attachment connector
(male, 6 pole)
* Length L is as follows. ZX2-XC1R:1m, ZX2-XC4R:4m, ZX2-XC9R:9m
141
2
12.6 dia.
29.8
15.1
Range
indicator
Laser
warning
light
4.2
9.6
4.8
Emitter
center
28.43
20.7
4.8
39.5
47.5
35.3
16.7
A*
Receiver axis
47.6
Range
indicator
34.2
6
(when cover open 84.6)
16.9
Reference
surface
27.5
7
10.5
35.5
4
72
6.2*2
30
20.9
Emitter
axis
10.1
4
9.7
Two, 3.2-dia.
(Mounting holes)
Reference surface
L*
7
22.6
Measurement sensors
Emitter axis
ZX-L
Laser displacement sensor
Smart, fast and accurate laser measurement
sensor
Smart ZX-L-N offers plug & measure technology for applications where high
resolution and fast response time is required. A wide range of interchangeable sensor
heads provides greater flexibility in solving most demanding applications.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Small and light sensor heads for easy integration
High speed response time of 150 μs
Easy sensor head replacement
Scalability through a modular platform concept
Multipoint measurement with up to 5 sensors
Wide range of sensor heads offering laser beam width from 1 mm to 30 mm
Ordering information
Sensors
Sensor head (reflection type)
Optical method
Beam shape
Sensing distance
Resolution *1
Size in mm (HxWxD)
Order code
Diffuse-reflective
Spot beam
40±10 mm
2 μm
39x33x17
ZX-LD40
100±40 mm
16 μm
ZX-LD100
300±200 mm
300 μm
ZX-LD300
40±10 mm
2 μm
ZX-LD40L
100±40 mm
16 μm
ZX-LD100L
300±200 mm
300 μm
30±2 mm
0.25 μm
Line beam
Regular reflection type
Spot beam
ZX-LD300L
45x55x25
ZX-LD30V
Line beam
*1
ZX-LD30VL
At average count of 4,096 times
Sensor head (through-beam)
Optical method
Through-beam
Measurement width
Sensing distance
1 mm dia.
0 to 2,000 mm
5 mm
0 to 500 mm
Resolution *1
4 μm
*1
Order code
Transmitter
Receiver
15x15x34
15x15x19
20x20x42
20x20x25
ZX-LT010
64.25x70x22.6
64.25x54x22.6
ZX-LT030
ZX-LT001
ZX-LT005
10 mm
30 mm
Size in mm (HxWxD)
12 μm
At average count of 64 times
Amplifier units
Power supply
Output specifications
Order code
DC
NPN output
ZX-LDA11-N
PNP output
ZX-LDA41-N
Note: Compatible with sensor head connection.
Accessories (order separately)
Calculating unit
Calculating unit
SmartMonitor sensor setup tool for Personal Computer connection
Order code
Name
Order code
ZX-CAL2
ZX-series communications interface unit
ZX-SF11
ZX-series communications interface unit
+ Setup Software (CD-ROM)
ZX-SFW11EV3*1,*2
ZX-series sensor setup and logging software (CD-ROM)
ZX-SW11EV3*1
Side-view attachments
Applicable sensor head
Order code
ZX-LT1001/LT005
ZX-XF12
ZX-LT010
ZX-XF22
*1
*2
When using the ZX-TDA11/41 with the SmartMonitor, either the ZX-SFW11EV3 or the
ZX-SW11EV3 SmartMonitor must be used. Earlier versions cannot be used.
The ZX-SFW11EV3 SmartMonitor can be used only to set functions and monitor waveforms.
Cables with connectors on both ends (for extension)*1
Cable length
Order code
1m
ZX-XC1A
4m
ZX-XC4A
8m
ZX-XC8A
9 m*2.
ZX-XC9A
*1.
*2.
142
Robot cable models are also available. The model numbers are ZX-XC_R.
For use only with reflective sensors.
ZX-L
Laser displacement sensor
Specifications
Sensor head (reflection type)
Item
ZX-LD40
Optical method
Diffuse reflection
ZX-LD100
ZX-LD300
ZX-LD30V
ZX-LD40L
Regular
reflection
Diffuse reflection
ZX-LD100L
ZX-LD300L
ZX-LD30VL
Light source (wave length)
Visible-light semiconductor laser (wavelength 650 nm, 1 mW or less, Class 2)
Measurement center distance
40 mm
100 mm
300 mm
30 mm
40 mm
100 mm
300 mm
30 mm
Measurement range
±10 mm
±40 mm
±200 mm
±2 mm
±10 mm
±40 mm
±200 mm
±2 mm
Beam shape
Spot
Beam diameter *1
50 μm dia.
100 μm dia.
300 μm dia.
75 μm dia.
75 μmx2mm
150 μmx2 mm
450 μmx2 mm
100 μmx1.8 mm
Resolution*2
2 μm
16 μm
300 μm
0.25 μm
2 μm
16 μm
300 μm
0.25 μm
Linearity*3
±0.2% F.S.
(entire range)
±0.2% F.S.
(80 to 121 mm)
±2% F.S.
±0.2% F.S.
(200 to 401 mm) (entire range)
±0.2% F.S.
(32 to 49 mm)
±0.2% F.S.
(80 to 121 mm)
±2% F.S.
±0.2% F.S.
(200 to 401 mm) (entire range)
Temperature characteristic*4
±0.03% FS/°C (except for ZX-LD300 and ZX-LD300L, which are ±0.1% FS/°C.)
Ambient illumination
Incandescent lamp: 3,000 lx max. (on light receiving side)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50°C, storage: -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Insulation resistance
20 M min. at 500 VDC
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
(destruction)
10 to 150 Hz, 0.7-mm double amplitude 80 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance
(destruction)
300 m/s2 3 times each in six directions (up/down, left/right, forward/backward)
Protective structure
IEC 60529 IP50
Connection method
Connector relay (standard cable length: 500 mm)
Weight (packed state)
Materials
Accessories
Instruction sheet, Laser warning label (English)
Regular
reflection
2
IEC standard IP40 IEC 60529 IP50
IEC standard IP40
Approx. 150 g
Approx. 250 g
Approx. 150 g
Approx. 250 g
Case: PBT (polybutylene terephthalate),
Cover: Aluminum, lens: Glass
Case and cover:
Aluminum, lens:
Glass
Case: PBT (polybutylene terephthalate),
Cover: Aluminum, lens: Glass
Case and cover:
Aluminum, lens:
Glass
*1
Beam diameter: This is the value of the measurement center distance (actual value), and is defined at 1/e2 (13.5%) of the central light intensity. If there is stray light outside, the defined area and
the area around the object has a higher reflectance than the object.
*2 Resolution: Indicates the amount of fluctuation (±3 ) in the linear output when connected to the ZX-LDA. (The measured value when the average count of the ZX-LDA is set to 4,096 and our standard
object (white ceramic) is used for the central distance.) This indicates the repeatability precision when the work is in a static state, and does indicate the distance precision. The resolution performance may not be satisfactory in a strong electromagnetic field.
*3 Linearity: This indicates the error with respect to the ideal straight line of the displacement output when measuring our standard object.
*4
Temperature characteristic: The temperature characteristic is measured at the measurement point with the sensor and reference object (Omron’s standard reference object) secured with an aluminum jig.
Note: Highly reflective objects can result in incorrect detection by causing out-of-range measurements.
Sensor head (through-beam)
Item
ZX-LT001
Optical method
Through-beam
Light source (wave length)
Visible-light semiconductor laser (wavelength 650 nm, 1 mW or less, Class 1)
Maximum output
ZX-LT005
0.2 mW max.
1 mm dia.
1 to 2.5 mm dia. 5 mm
Sensing distance
0 to 500 mm
500 to 2,000 mm 0 to 500 mm
Min. sensing object
8 mm dia. opaque 8 to 50 μm
object
opaque object
opaque: 0.05 mm dia.
Resolution*1
4 μm*2
4 μm*3
Temperature characteristic
0.2% FS/C
Ambient illumination
Incandescent lamp: 10,000 lx max. (on light-receiving side)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50C, storage: -25 to 70C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Protective structure
IEC 60529 IP40
Connection method
Connector relay (standard cable length: 500 mm)
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 220 g
Cable length
Extendable up to 10 m with special extension cable.
Case
Polyetherimide
Cover
Polycarbonate
Front filter
Glass
–
Tightening torque
0.3 Nm max.
Accessories
Instruction sheet, sensor head-amplifier connection cable
Optical axis adjustment seal
*1
*2
*3
*4
ZX-LT010
0.35 mW max.
Measurement width
Materials
Measurement sensors
Line
ZX-LT030
0.2 mW max.
10 mm
30 mm
opaque: 0.1 mm dia.
opaque: 0.3 mm dia.
12 μm*4
0.3% FS/C
IP 40
Approx. 450 g
Zinc die-cast
Mounting Bracket
The amount of fluctuation (±3 ) of the linear output when connected to an amplifier unit, converted to a detection span.
When the average count is 64. 5 μm when the count is 32. The value when the smallest detection object shades the vicinity of the center of the 1 mm dia. detection span.
When the average count is 64. 5 μm when the count is 32.
For an average count of 64. The value is 15 μm for an average count of 32.
143
ZX-L
Laser displacement sensor
Amplifier units
Item
ZX-LDA11-N
Measurement period
150 s
ZX-LDA41-N
Possible average count settings*1
1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1,024, 2,048, or 4,096
Temperature characteristic
When connected to a reflective sensor head: 0.01% FS/C, when connected to a through-beam sensor head: 0.1% FS/C
Linear output*2
4 to 20 mA/FS, max. load resistance: 3004 V ( 5 V, 1 to 5 V *3), output impedance: 100 
Judgement outputs
(3 outputs: HIGH/PASS/LOW)*1
NPN open-collector outputs, 30 VDC, 50 mA max.
Residual voltage: 1.2 V max.
PNP open-collector outputs, 30 VDC, 50 mA max.
Residual voltage: 2 V max.
Laser OFF input, zero reset input, timing
input, reset input
ON: Short-circuited with 0-V terminal or 1.5 V or less
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
ON: Supply voltage short-circuited or supply voltage within 1.5 V
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Functions
Measurement value display, present value/set value/light level/resolution display, scaling, display reverse, display OFF mode, ECO mode, number of display digit changes, sample hold, peak hold, bottom hold, peak-to-peak hold, self-peak hold, self-bottom hold, average hold, delay hold, intensity mode,
zero reset, initial reset, ON-delay timer, OFF-delay timer, one-shot timer, deviation, previous value comparison, sensitivity adjustment, keep/clamp
switch, direct threshold value setting, position teaching, 2-point teaching, automatic teaching, hysteresis width setting, timing inputs, reset input, monitor
focus, linear output compensation, (A-B) calculations*4, (A+B) calculations*4, mutual interference*4, laser deterioration detection, zero reset memory,
zero reset display, key lock
Indications
Operation indicators: High (orange), pass (green), low (yellow), 7-segment main display (red), 7-segment subdisplay (yellow), laser ON (green), zero reset
(green), enable (green)
Power supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC 10%, Ripple (p-p): 10% max.
Current consumption
140 mA max. with power supply voltage of 24 VDC (with sensor connected)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0to 50C, storage: -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Insulation resistance
20 M min. at 500 VDC
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
(destruction)
10 to 150 Hz, 0.7-mm double amplitude 80 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance
(destruction)
300 m/s2 3 times each in six directions (up/down, left/right, forward/backward)
Connection method
Prewired (standard cable length: 2 m)
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 350 g
Materials
Case: PBT (polybutylene terephthalate), cover: Polycarbonate
Accessories
Instruction sheet
*1
The response speed of the linear output is calculated as the measurement period x (average count setting + 1) (with fixed sensitivity).
The response speed of the judgement outputs is calculated as the measurement period x (average count setting + 1) (with fixed sensitivity).
*2 The output can be switched between a current output and voltage output using a switch on the bottom of the amplifier unit.
*3
Setting is possible via the monitor focus function.
*4
A calculating unit (ZX-CAL2) is required.
Calculating unit
Item
ZX-CAL2
Applicable amplifier units
ZX-LDA11-N/41-N/ZX-EDA11/41/ZX-TDA11/41
Current consumption
12 mA max. (supplied from the smart sensor amplifier unit)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50C, storage: -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Connection method
Connector
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Insulation resistance
100 M (at 500 VDC)
Vibration resistance (destructive)
10 to 150 Hz, 0.7-mm double amplitude 80 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance (destructive)
300 m/s2 3 times each in six directions (up/down, left/right, forward/backward)
Materials
Display: Acrylic, case: ABS resin
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 50 g
ZX-series Communications Interface Unit
Item
ZX-SF11
Current consumption
60 mA max. (supplied by the amplifier unit)
Applicable amplifier units
ZX series
Applicable amplifier unit versions
ZX-LDA_ 1-N Ver. 1.000 or higher
ZX-EDA_ 1 Ver. 1.100 or higher
ZX-TDA_ 1 Ver. 1.000 or higher
Max. No. of amplifier units
5
Communications
functions
Communications
protocol
CompoWay/F*1
Baud rate
38,400 bps
Data configuration
Data bits: 8, parity: none, start bits: 1, stop bits: 1, flow control: none
Communications port RS-232C port (9-pin D-Sub connector)
Indicators
Power supply: green, sensor communications: green, sensor communications error: red, external terminal communications: green, external terminal
communications error: red
Protective circuits
Reverse polarity protection
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50C, storage: -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Insulation resistance
20 M min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min, Leakage current: 10 mA max.
Materials
Case: PBT (polybutylene terephthalate), cover: Polycarbonate
Accessories
Instruction sheet, 2 clamps
*1
Contact your Omron representative for CompoWay/F communications specifications.
144
ZX-L
Laser displacement sensor
Dimensions
Sensor heads (diffuse reflective)
17
1.8
L∗
Measurement Reference
point
surface
16.6
12.4
Two 3.2-dia. mounting
holes
33
7
Measurement sensors
ZX-LD40/ZX-LD100/ZX-LD300/ZX-LD40L/ZX-LD100L/ZX-LD300L
Mounting holes
3.5
Two, M3 holes
5
7
14.8
A∗
Emitter axis
Lens: 5 dia.
Receiver axis
31.1
30.05
32±0.1
32
Range
indicators
39
3.4
7
Lens: 8 dia.
3.5
7
26±0.1
24.05
26
2
Connector
15 dia.
46
* ZX-LD40L: L = 40 mm, A = 23°
ZX-LD10L: L = 100 mm, A = 11°
ZX-LD30L: L = 300 mm, A = 3.8°
Vinyl-insulated round cable, 5.1 dia.,
Standard: 500 mm
Sensor heads (regular reflective)
ZX-LD30V/ZX-LD30VL
14
4.8
25
8.6
Vinyl-insulated round cable, 5.1 dia.,
Standard: 500 mm
5-R2
20.7
42.7
Connector
Mounting holes
45
1
1
32.7
4.75
4.75
46
Two, M4 holes
9.5
9.2
47±0.1
35°
Light axis
12.5
30
Two, 4.5-dia.
mounting holes
15 dia.
Emitter
axis
Receiver
axis
47
Reference plain
55
Measurement center
Lens (16 dia.)
Lens (10 dia.)
145
ZX-L
Laser displacement sensor
Sensor heads (throug-beam)
ZX-LT001/ZX-LT005
Emitter
Receiver
Two, 3.2 dia.
Vinyl-insulated round
cable (gray), 2.6 dia.,
Standard: 500 mm
2.8
Two, 3.2 dia.
19
34
15
9
Connector
2.8
5
16
Laser ON indicator
Light axis center
15
15
Vinyl-insulated round cable (black),
2.6 dia., Standard: 500 mm
9
Connector
Light axis center
15
Slit (1 x 5) (Only for ZX-LT005)
Mounting holes
Mounting holes
9±0.1
9±0.1
Two, M3 holes
Two, M3 holes
Sensor head-amplifier unit
Connecting cable (provided)
1,500 +200
0
46
15 dia.
Connector
2.6 dia × 2
Connector
ZX-LT010
Emitter
Receiver
Two, 3.2 dia.
Vinyl-insulated round
cable (gray), 2.6 dia.,
Standard: 500 mm
2.8
Two, 3.2 dia.
25
42
10
22
14
Connector
Laser ON indicator
20
Light axis center
20
14
Connector
Light axis center
20
20
Slit (1 x 10)
Mounting holes
Mounting holes
14±0.1
14±0.1
Two, M3 holes
Two, M3 holes
Sensor head-amplifier unit
Connecting cable (provided)
1,500 +200
0
46
15 dia.
Connector
146
2.6 dia × 2
Connector
2.8 Vinyl-insulated round cable (black),
2.6 dia., Standard: 500 mm
ZX-L
Laser displacement sensor
ZX-LT030
Receiver
Emitter
10
16
16
22.6
22.6
10
Vinyl insulated
round cable, 4 dia.,
Standard length: 0.5 m
68
70
50
10
10
1
1
Two, 4.5 dia.
52
Three, M4 x 25
+ pan head screw
Three, M4 x 25
+ pan head screw
Vinyl insulated round
cable, 4 dia.,
Standard length: 0.5 m
44
44
69 70
70 69
41
41
4.75
35
Connector
Two, M3,
depth: 5
60
35.9
10
5
9.5
2.3
Lens (8 x 36)
10
2.3
5
44
10
Slit (1 x 30)
6
6
8.1
21
9
9
18
12.5
Connector
2
4.75
21
12.5
Measurement sensors
70
50
Two, 4.5 dia.
Two, M3, depth: 5
43
8.1
20
20
Two, M4
Two, M4
11.5 dia.
50
50
14.7 dia.
Sensor head - amplifier unit
Connection cable
35.3
1500
+50
0
46
11 dia.
15 dia.
43
13.2 dia.
Amplifier units
ZX-LDA11-N/ZX-LDA41-N
133
4.2
3
44
30
64.3
4.2
31.5
15.5 dia.
15.8
13.2
13
36.8
Vinyl-insulated round cable, 5.23 dia.
Standard: 100 mm
Vinyl-insulated round cable, 5.2 dia. (conductor
cross-section: 0.09 mm2, 10-conductor insulator
diameter: 0.7 mm), Standard: 2 m
11.7
11.7
2.2
29
Current/voltage output selector switch
(set to voltage output when shipped)
Voltage output
147
ZX-E
Inductive displacement sensor
Smart inductive measurement sensor
ZX-E offers the best solution for the accurate measurement of metallic objects. It is
highly recommended in harsh environments such as automotive and metal working
machines.
•
•
•
•
•
High resolution of 1 μm
High-speed response time of 150 μs
Easy sensor head replacement
Modular platform concept for different sensing technologies
Easy linearity adjustment for any metal
Ordering information
Sensors
Sensor heads
Shape
Dimensions
Sensing distance
Resolution*1
Order code
Cylindrical
3 dia. x 18 mm
0.5 mm
1m
ZX-EDR5T
5.4 dia. x 18 mm
1 mm
ZX-ED01T *2
8 dia. x 22 mm
2 mm
ZX-ED02T *2
M10x22 mm
2 mm
ZX-EM02T *2
M18x46.3 mm
7 mm
ZX-EM07MT *2
Flat
30x14x4.8 mm
4 mm
ZX-EV04T *2,*3
Heat-resistant, cylindrical
M12x22 mm
2 mm
ZX-EM02HT*4
Screw-shaped
*1
*2
*3
*4
For an average count of 4,096.
Models with protective spiral tubes are also available. Add a suffix of “-S” to the above model numbers when ordering. (Example: ZX-ED01T-S)
Be sure to use ZX-EDA amplifier unit version 1,200 or later with the ZX-EV04.
Be sure to use ZX-EDA amplifier unit version 1,300 or later with the ZX-EM02H.
Amplifier units
Power supply
Output type
Order code
DC
NPN
ZX-EDA11
PNP
ZX-EDA41
Note: Compatible connection with the sensor head.
Accessories (order separately)
Calculating unit
SmartMonitor sensor setup tool for Personal Computer connection
Calculating unit
Model
Name
Model
ZX-CAL2
ZX-series communications interface unit
ZX-SF11
ZX-series communications interface unit
+ setup software (CD-ROM)
ZX-SFW11EV3*1
ZX-series sensor setup and logging software (CD-ROM)
ZX-SW11EV3
Amplifier mounting brackets
Remarks
Model
Attached to each sensor head
ZX-XBE1
For DIN track mounting
ZX-XBE2
*1
The ZX-SFW11EV3 SmartMonitor can be used only to set functions and monitor waveforms.
Cables with connectors on both ends (for extension)*
Cable length
Model
1m
ZX-XC1A
4m
ZX-XC4A
8m
*
ZX-XC8A
Robot cable models are also available. The model numbers are ZX-XC_R.
Specifications
Sensor heads
Item
ZX-EDR5T
ZX-ED01T
ZX-ED02T/EM02T
ZX-EM07MT
ZX-EV04T
ZX-EM02HT
Measurement range
0 to 0.5 mm
0 to 1 mm
0 to 2 mm
0 to 7 mm
0 to 4 mm
0 to 2 mm
Sensing object
Magnetic metals
(Measurement ranges and linearities are different for non-magnetic metals. Refer to engineering data on B-67.)
Standard reference object
18x18x3 mm
30x30x3 mm
60x60x3 mm
45x45x3 mm
Material: Ferrous (S50C)
Resolution *1
1 μm
Linearity *2
0.5% F.S.
Linear output range
Same as measurement range.
Temperature characteristic *4
(including amplifier unit)
0.15% F.S./C
Ambient
Operating *5
temperature Storage *5
0 to 50C (with no icing -10 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
or condensation)
-20 to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
148
1% F.S. *3
0.07% F.S./C
0.1% F.S./C
-10 to 200°C
-20 to 200°C
ZX-E
Inductive displacement sensor
Item
ZX-EDR5T
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Insulation resistance
50 M min. (at 500 DC)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between charged parts and case
Vibration resistance (destruction)
10 to 55 Hz with 1.5-mm double amplitude for 2 h each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance (destruction)
500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
Degree of protection (sensor head)
IEC60529, IP65
Connection method
Connector relay (standard cable length: 2 m)
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 120 g
Approx. 140 g
Materials
Brass
Stainless steel
Preamplifier
Accessories
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
ZX-EM07MT
ZX-EV04T
ZX-EM02HT
IEC60529, IP60 *6
IEC60529, IP67
Approx. 160 g
Brass
Approx. 130 g
Approx. 160 g
Zinc (nickel-plated)
Brass
Heat-resistant ABS
PEEK
PES
Amplifier mounting brackets (ZX-XBE1), instruction manual
Accuracy: The resolution is the deviation (3) in the linear output when connected to the ZX-EDA amplifier unit. The above values indicate the deviations observed 30 minutes after the power is
turned ON.
(The resolution is measured with Omron's standard reference object at ½ of the measurement range with the ZX-EDA set for the maximum average count of 4,096 per period.)
The resolution is given at the repeat accuracy for a stationary workpiece, and is not an indication of the distance accuracy. The resolution may be adversely affected under strong electromagnetic
fields.
Linearity: The linearity is given as the error in an ideal straight line displacement output when measuring the standard reference object. The linearity and measurement values vary with the object
being measured.
The value given is for an ambient temperature of 25°C.
Temperature characteristic: The temperature characteristic is measured with Omron's standard reference object at ½ of the measurement range.
The ambient temperature given is only for the sensor head. It is -10 to 60°C for the preamp.
Do not use in moist environments because the case is not waterproof.
Amplifier units
Item
ZX-EDA11
Measurement period
150 μs
Possible average count settings*1
1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1,024, 2,048, or 4,096
Linear output*2
Current output: 4 to 20 mA/F.S., max. load resistance: 300
Voltage output: ±4 V (±5 V, 1 to 5 V *3), output impedance: 100 
Judgement outputs
(3 outputs: HIGH/PASS/LOW)
NPN open-collector outputs, 30 VDC, 50 mA max.
Residual voltage: 1.2 V max.
Zero reset input, timing input, reset input, ON:
judgement output hold input
OFF:
Function
-
ZX-EDA41
PNP open-collector outputs, 30 VDC, 50 mA max.
Residual voltage: 2 V max.
Short-circuited with 0-V terminal or 1.5 V or less
Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Measurement value display
Linearity adjustment (materials selection)
Display reverse
Number of display digit changes
Bottom hold, peak-to-peak hold
Average hold
Initial reset
OFF-delay timer
Non-measurement setting
Automatic teaching
Reset input
Linear output correction
K-(A+B) calculation*4
Sensor disconnection detection
Key lock
ON:
OFF:
Supply voltage short-circuited or supply voltage within 1.5 V
Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
- set value/output value/
resolution display
- display OFF mode
- sample hold
- self-peak hold
- delay hold
- linearity initialization
- one-shot timer
- direct threshold value setting
- hysteresis width setting
- judgement output hold input
- (A-B) calculations*4
- mutual interference prevention*4
- zero reset memory
Indications
Judgement indicators: High (orange), pass (green), low (yellow), 7-segment main digital display (red),
7-segment sub-digital display (yellow), power ON (green), zero reset (green), enable (green)
Voltage influence
(including sensor)
0.5% F.S. of linear output value at 20% of power supply voltage
Power supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC 10%, ripple (p-p): 10% max.
Current consumption
140 mA max. with power supply voltage of 24 VDC (with sensor connected)
Ambient temperature
Operating and storage: 0to 50C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
Insulation resistance
20 M min. (at 500 DC)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance (destruction)
10 to 150 Hz with 0.7-mm double amplitude for 80 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance (destruction)
300 m/s2, 3 times each in 6 directions (up, down, left, right, forward, backward)
Connection method
Prewired (standard cable length: 2 m)
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 350 g
Materials
Case: PBT (polybutylene terephthalate), cover: Polycarbonate
Accessories
Instruction manual
- Scaling
- ECO mode
- peak hold
- self-bottom hold
- zero reset
- ON-delay timer
- previous value comparison
- position teaching
- timing inputs
- monitor focus
- (A+B) calculations*4
- zero reset indicator
*1
The response speed of the linear output is calculated as the measurement period x (average count setting + 1) (with fixed sensitivity).
The response speed of the judgement outputs is calculated as the measurement period x (average count setting + 1) (with fixed sensitivity).
*2
The output can be switched between a current output and voltage output using a switch on the bottom of the amplifier unit.
*3
Setting is possible via the monitor focus function.
*4 A calculating unit (ZX-CAL or ZX-CAL2) is required.
149
Measurement sensors
Sensing
surface
ZX-ED02T/EM02T
2
Sensor head Case
ZX-ED01T
ZX-E
Inductive displacement sensor
Dimensions
Sensor heads
ZX-EDR5T
Dimensions with mounting bracket attached
Vinyl-insulated coaxial round cable
1.7 dia., 1 conductor, standard length: 2 m
13
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.1 dia., 9 conductors, standard length: 200 mm
(46)
18
(15 dia.)
3 dia.
(15.5)
15 dia.
72
Connector
(22.5)
15.1
15
15.6
7.8
27
58.2
Mounting hole cutout dimensions
Two, M3 holes
27±0.1
ZX-ED01T
Dimensions with mounting bracket attached
18
Vinyl-insulated coaxial round cable
2.5 dia., 1 conductor, standard length: 2 m
13
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.1 dia., 9 conductors, standard length: 200 mm
(46)
(15 dia.)
(15.5)
5.4 dia.
15 dia.
72
Connectors
(22.5)
15
15.1
15.6
7.8
27
58.2
Mounting hole cutout dimensions
Two, M3 holes
27±0.1
ZX-ED02T
Dimensions with mounting bracket attached
22
Vinyl-insulated coaxial round cable
2.5 dia., 1 conductor, standard length: 2 m
13
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.1 dia., 9 conductors, standard length: 200 mm
(46)
(15 dia.)
(15.5)
8 dia.
15 dia.
72
Connector
(22.5)
15.1
15
7.8
15.6
27
58.2
Mounting hole cutout dimensions
Two, M3 holes
27±0.1
150
ZX-E
Inductive displacement sensor
ZX-EM02T
Dimensions with mounting bracket attached
22
16.6
18 dia.
(5.4)
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.1 dia., 9 conductors, standard length: 200 mm
(46)
13
Vinyl-insulated coaxial round cable
2.5 dia., 1 conductor, standard length: 2 m
(15 dia.)
8 dia.
M10×1
4
(15.5)
Connector
2 tightening nuts
15 dia.
Measurement sensors
16
72
2 toothed washers
(22.5)
15.1
15
15.6
7.8
27
58.2
Mounting hole cutout dimensions
Two, M3 holes
2
27±0.1
ZX-EM07MT
Dimensions with mounting bracket attached
46.3
29 dia.
24
10
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.1 dia., 9 conductors, standard length: 200 mm
Vinyl-insulated coaxial round cable
2.5 dia., 1 conductor, standard length: 2 m
(11.3)
25
13
9.8 dia.
(46)
(15 dia.)
15.7 dia.
(15.5)
M18×1
2 tightening nuts
2 toothed washers
4
Connector
15 dia.
72
(22.5)
15.1
15
15.6
7.8
27
58.2
Mounting hole cutout dimensions
Two, M3 holes
27±0.1
ZX-EV04T
Dimensions with mounting bracket attached
Vinyl-insulated coaxial round cable
2.5 dia., 1 conductor, standard length: 2 m
Sensing surface
13
14
7
7
(15.5)
10
10
Distance: 3 mm
Hole size: 3.3 dia. (2 holes)
30
(22.5)
15
15 dia.
72
(46)
(15 dia.)
4.8
7.8
1.5
15.1
15.6
27
58.2
Mounting hole cutout dimensions
Two, M3 holes
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.1 dia., 9 conductors,
standard length: 200 mm
Connector
Mounting hole cutout dimensions
Two, M3 holes
27±0.1
10±0.1
151
ZX-E
Inductive displacement sensor
ZX-EM02HT
Dimensions with mounting bracket attached
21 dia.
17
Fluororesin-insulated coaxial round cable
2.5 dia., single conductor
standard length: 2m
22
13
10.5 dia.
M12×1
Two fastening nuts
(15.5)
72
15 dia.
(46)
Toothed washer
(22.5)
15
15.1
7.8
15.6
Connector
27
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.1 dia., 9 conductors,
standard length: 200 mm
58.2
Mounting hole cutout dimensions
Two, M3 holes
27±0.1
Amplifier units
ZX-EDA11/ZX-EDA41
133
4.2
3
44
30
4.2
64.3
31.5
15.5 dia.
15.8
13.2
13
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.1 dia., standard: 100 mm
36.8
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.2 dia., 10 conductors
(conductor cross-section: 0.09 mm2,
insulator diameter: 0.7 mm),
standard length: 2 m
11.7
11.7
2.2
29
Current/voltage switch
(Factory-set to voltage output.)
Voltage output
152
ZX-T
Contact displacement sensor
Smart contact measurement sensor
ZX-T is ideal for applications where the target object may contain oil deposits or other
micro-structures. In this case contact measurement is the most reliable way.
Modular platform concept for different sensing technologies
Air-retracting types for automated inspection
Multipoint measurement with up to 8 sensors
Pressing force alarm prevents malfunction
Strong ball bearing structure assures long life time
Measurement sensors
•
•
•
•
•
Ordering information
Sensors
Size
Type
Sensing distance
Resolution (See note.)
Order code
6 dia.
Short type
1 mm
0.1 μm
ZX-TDS01T
Standard type
4 mm
ZX-TDS04T
Low-load type
8 dia.
2
Sensor heads
ZX-TDS04T-L
Standard type
10 mm
0.4 μm
ZX-TDS10T
Ultra-low-load type
ZX-TDS10T-L
Air lift type
ZX-TDS10T-V
Air lift/air push type
ZX-TDS10T-VL
Note: The resolution refers to the minimum value that can be read when a ZX-TDA_1 amplifier unit is connected.
Amplifier units
Power supply
Output type
Order code
DC
NPN
ZX-TDA11
PNP
ZX-TDA41
Accessories (order separately)
Calculating unit
ZX-series communications interface unit
Calculating unit
Order code
Name
Order code
ZX-CAL2
ZX-series communications interface unit
ZX-SF11
SmartMonitor sensor setup tool for Personal Computer connection
Cables with connectors on both ends (for extension)*
Name
Order code
Cable length
Order code
ZX-series communications interface unit
ZX-SF11
1m
ZX-XC1A
ZX-series communications interface unit
+ setup software (CD-ROM)
ZX-SFW11EV3*1,*2
4m
ZX-XC4A
ZX-XC8A
ZX-series sensor setup and logging software (CD-ROM)
ZX-SW11EV3*1
8m
*1
*2
When using the ZX-TDA11/41 with the SmartMonitor, either the ZX-SFW11EV3 or the
ZX-SW11EV3 SmartMonitor must be used. Earlier versions cannot be used.
The ZX-SFW11EV3 SmartMonitor can be used only to set functions and monitor waveforms.
* Robot cable models are also available. The model numbers are ZX-XC_R.
Preamplifier mounting brackets
Remarks
Order code
Attached to each sensor head
ZX-XBT1
For DIN track mounting
ZX-XBT2
Actuators
Type (material)
Screw section
Appearance
Application
Applicable sensor
(see note.)
Order code
Ball type (steel)
Female screw
M2.5x0.45
Measuring ordinary flat surfaces (standard
actuator supplied with the ZX-TDS series)
D5SN-TB1
Ball type
(carbide steel)
Female screw
M2.5x0.45
Measurements where abrasion resistance
is critical
Measured objects: Carbide (HR90) or lower.
D5SN-TB2
Ball type (ruby)
Female screw
M2.5x0.45
Measurements where abrasion resistance
is critical
Measured objects: Carbide (HR90) or higher.
D5SN-TB3
Needle type
(carbide steel)
Male screw
M2.5x0.45
Measuring the bottom of grooves and holes
D5SN-TN1
ZX-TDS_T
153
ZX-T
Contact displacement sensor
Type (material)
Screw section
Appearance
Application
Applicable sensor
(see note.)
Order code
Flat
(carbide steel)
Male screw
M2.5x0.45
Measuring spherical objects
D5SN-TF1
Conversion adapter
(stainless steel)
Through-hole female screw
M2.5x0.45
Mounting D5SN-TN1/-TF1 or commercially
available actuators on ZX-TDS-series sensors
D5SN-TA
ZX-TDS_T
Note:
Replacement possible
Conversion adapter required
Specifications
Amplifier units
Item
ZX-TDA11
Measurement period
1 ms
ZX-TDA41
Possible average count settings *1
1, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, or 1,024
Linear output *2
Current output: 4 to 20 mA/F.S., max. load resistance: 300 
Voltage output: ±4 V (±5 V, 1 to 5 V*3), output impedance: 100 
Judgement outputs
(3 outputs: HIGH/PASS/LOW)
NPN open-collector outputs, 30 VDC, 30 mA max.
Residual voltage: 1.2 V max.
PNP open-collector outputs, 30 VDC, 30 mA max.
Residual voltage: 2 V max.
Zero reset input, timing input, reset input, ON: Short-circuited with 0-V terminal or 1.5 V or less
judgement output hold input
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Measurement value display
Display reverse
Sample hold
Self-peak hold
Initial reset
Hysteresis width setting
Judgement output hold input
(A+B) calculations (see note 4.)
Zero reset memory
Clamp value setting
Span adjustment
ON: Supply voltage short-circuited or supply voltage of 1.5 V or less
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Function
-
- present value/set value/output value display
- ECO mode
- number of display digit changes
- peak hold
- bottom hold, peak-to-peak hold
- self-bottom hold
- zero reset
- direct threshold value setting
- position teaching
- timing inputs
- reset input
- monitor focus
- (A-B) calculations*4
- sensor disconnection detection
- function lock
- non-measurement setting
- scale inversion
- zero reset indicator
- warming-up display
- pressing force alarm
Indicators
Judgement indicators: High (orange), pass (green), low (yellow), 7-segment main digital display (red), 7-segment sub-digital
display (yellow), power ON (green), zero reset (green), enable (green)
Power supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC ±10%, ripple (p-p): 10% max.
Current consumption
140 mA max. (with sensor connected), for 24-VDC power supply voltage: 140 mA max. (with sensor connected)
Ambient temperature
Operating and storage: 0to 50C (with no icing or condensation)
Temperature characteristic
0.03% F.S./C
Connection method
Prewired (standard cable length: 2 m)
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 350 g
Materials
Case: PBT (polybutylene terephthalate), cover: Polycarbonate
*1
The response speed of the linear output is calculated as the measurement period x (average count setting + 1).
The response speed of the judgement outputs is calculated as the measurement period x (average count setting + 1).
*2
The output can be switched between a current output and voltage output using a switch on the bottom of the amplifier unit.
*3
Setting is possible via the monitor focus function.
*4 A calculating unit (ZX-CAL2) is required.
Sensor heads
Item
ZX-TDS01T
ZX-TDS04T
Measurement range
1 mm
4 mm
Maximum actuator travel distance
Approx. 1.5 mm
Approx. 5 mm
Resolution*1
0.1 μm
Linearity*2
±0.3% F.S.
Operating force *3
Approx. 0.7 N
Approx. 0.25 N
Degree of protection (sensor head)
IEC60529, IP67
IEC60529, IP54
Mechanical durability
10,000,000 operations min.
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50°C, storage: -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35 to 85% (with no icing or condensation)
Temperature
characteristic*4
Sensor head
0.03% F.S./C
Preamplifier
0.01% F.S./C
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 100 g
Materials
Sensor head
Stainless steel
Preamplifier
Polycarbonate
Accessories
*1
ZX-TDS04T-L
Instruction manual, preamplifier mounting brackets (ZX-XBT1)
The resolution is given as the minimum value that can be read when a ZX-TDA_1 amplifier unit is connected. This value is taken 15 minutes after turning ON the power with the average number
of operations set to 256.
*2
The linearity is given as the error in an ideal straight line displacement output.
*3 These figures are representative values that apply for the measurement mid-point, and are for when the provided actuator is used, with the actuator moving downwards. If the actuator moves
horizontally or upwards, the operating force will be reduced. Also, if an actuator other than the standard one is used, the operating force will vary with the weight of the actuator itself.
*4
These figures are representative values that apply for the mid-point of the measurement range.
154
ZX-T
Contact displacement sensor
Item
ZX-TDS10T
ZX-TDS10T-V
ZX-TDS10T-L
ZX-TDS10T-VL
Vacuum retract (VR) and air push (AP)
compatible
No
VR
No
VR/AP
Measurement range
10 mm
Maximum actuator travel distance
10.5 mm
Resolution*1,*2
0.4 μm
Linearity*2,*3
±0.5% FS
Approx. 0.7 N
Approx. 0.6 N
Approx. 0.065 N
0.09 to 1.41N
–
-0.55 to 0.70 (bar)
–
-0.05 to 0.22 (bar)
Air pressure
Vacuum retrating
Air push
Degree of
protection
–
Sensor head
IP65
Preamplifier
IP40
0.125 to 2 (bar)
IP50
Mechanical durability
10,000,000 operations min.
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to 50°C, storage: -10 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35 to 85% (with no icing or condensation)
Temperature
characteristic*5
Sensor head
±0.01% FS/°C
Preamplifier
±0.01% FS/°C
Vibration resistance
0.35 mm single amplitude at 10 to 55 Hz for 50 min each in the X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance
150 m/s2
3 times each in 6 directions (up/down, left/right, and forward/backward)
Connection method
Prewired connector (2 m from the sensor head to the preamplifier, 0.2 m from the preamplifier to the connector)
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 100 g
Materials
Sensor head
Stainless steel
Rubber sleeve
Viton
Preamplifier
Polycarbonate
Mounting brackets
Stainless steel
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
None
Instruction manual, preamplifier mounting brackets (ZX-XBT1), right-angle adapter *6
Accessories
*1
2
Operating force *4
Measurement sensors
Sensor heads (long-range type)
The resolution is given as the minimum value that can be read when a ZX-TDA_1 amplifier unit is connected. This value is taken 15 minutes after turning ON the power with the average number
of operations set to 256.
These values were measured at an ambient temperature of 23°C.
The linearity is given as the error in an ideal straight line displacement output.
These figures are representative values that apply for the measurement mid-point, and are for when the provided actuator is used, with the actuator moving downwards. If the actuator moves
horizontally or upwards, the operating force will be reduced. Also, if an actuator other than the standard one is used, the operating force will vary with the weight of the actuator itself.
These figures are representative values that apply for the mid-point of the measurement range.
The ZX-TDS10_ comes with a right-angle adapter.
Dimensions
Sensors
ZX-TDS01T
4.5 dia.
Vinyl-insulated round cable
3.7 dia., standard length: 2 m
6 0−0.1 dia.
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.2 dia., standard length: 200 mm
15 dia.
Measurement
range*
SR1.5
16
Connector
41.6 ±0.4
5.95
46
44.6 ±0.8
* Measurement range: 11.2 to 12.2 (TYP)
57.1 ±1
ZX-TDS04T/ZX-TDS04T-L
6
4.5 dia.
0
−0.1
dia.
Vinyl-insulated round cable
3.7 dia., standard length: 2 m
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.2 dia., standard length: 200 mm
15 dia.
SR1.5
13.1
Measurement
range*
63.4 ±0.4
16
46
66.4 ±0.8
86 ±1.5
Connector
* Measurement range: 14.9 to 18.9 (TYP)
155
ZX-T
Contact displacement sensor
ZX-TDS10T
ZX-TDS10T-VL
123
22
124.5
84.5
84.5
21
12.5
9.5
7.3
10
5 dia.
1.8
8 dia., H6
8 dia., H6
SR1.5
7 dia.
5 dia.
15
SR1.5
ZX-TDS10T-V
Right-angle adapter
129.5
84.5
7.8
22.17
8 dia., H6
15.8
10
5 dia.
9.5 7.3
5.5
26
SR1.5
3.5
6.8 dia.
ZX-TDS10T-L
132.15
28.5
84.5
9.5 1.2
8 dia., H6
7.5 dia.
10
24.2
SR1.5
Amplifier unit
ZX-TDA11/ZX-TDA41
133
44
30
4.2
3
64.3
4.2
31.5
15.5 dia.
15.8
13.2
13
36.8
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.1 dia., standard length: 100 mm
11.7
Vinyl-insulated round cable
5.2 dia., 10 conductors,
(conductor cross-section:
0.09 mm2, insulator diameter: 0.7-mm dia.),
standard length: 2 m
11.7
29
2.2
Current/voltage switch
(Factory-set to voltage output)
Voltage output
156
ZX-T
Contact displacement sensor
Accessories (order separately)
Preamplifier mounting bracket (supplied with each sensor)
ZX-XBT2
ZX-XBT1
Four, 1.6R
4.8
3.2
(91.1)
75
(16.4)
29
(16.4)
11.8
(28.1)
(38)
10
(28.1)
6.2
(91.1)
1.8
Material: Stainless steel
1.8
10
9.4
11.4
35.3
Mounting hole cutout dimensions
2
58
84.8
Two, M3
Material: Stainless steel
27±0.1
Actuators
D5SN-TB1/TB2/TB3
D5SN-TN1
D5SN-TF1
D5SN-TA
(15)
SR1.5
Crisscross pattern m0.2
3
M2.5
3.5 dia.
5.5
C0.3
7
5
5
Two, C0.2
3.3
Grooves m0.2
5 dia.
Carbide steel
4.5 dia.
5
5 dia.
1 dia.
6.5±0.2
(10)
10
3.5
M2.5 × 0.45
5.2 dia.
4.3 dia.
Carbide steel
M2.5 × 0.45
Measurement sensors
M3 x 8 pan-head screw (with M3 spring washer)
27
12
M2.5
(Through-hole)
157
PROFILE MEASUREMENT
ZG2-Series – Easy profile measurement
The new ZG2 smart sensor demonstrates that profile measurement
with easy operation is no longer impossible. The built-in LCD monitor
for an easy and intuitive user interface supports efficient installation
and setup. Immediate live feedback of the measurement result is
provided in real time.
Advanced measurement tasks can be configured within 3 steps to
save operation and setting-up time. The fine tuning of the settings
can be achieved in seconds.
Adjust sensor head
Check on LCD display
Select function
Simple ICON menu
Select range
Automatic calculation
3 STEP SETTING UP OF MEASUREMENT VIA BUILT-IN LCD DISPLAY
Glue seam inspection
158
Precise gap measurement in automotive
industry
Checking the shape of vehicle structural parts.
The wide beam allows the measurment in a
single operation.
Measurement sensors
2
YOUR BENEFITS
•
Intuitive – easy to use
•
Live – LCD monitor for display and setup
•
Versatile – 18 tools
•
Accurate – 5 μm resolution
•
Wide profiles – up to 70 mm
•
Stable measurements on challenging surfaces
SENSOR HEADS ZG2
PRODUCT NAME
ZG2-WDS3VT
ZG2-WDS8T
ZG2-WDS22
ZG2-WDS70
Height (resolution)
22,3 ± 0,5 mm (0,2 μm)
50 ± 3 mm (1 μm)
100 ± 12 mm (3 μm)
210 ± 48 mm (10 μm)
Width (resolution)
3 mm/631 pixels
8 mm/631 pixels
22 mm/631 pixels
70 mm/631 pixels
±0.5% F.S.
±0.5% F.S.
±0.5% F.S.
Linearity
±0.5% F.S.
see page 160
159
ZG2
Profile sensor
Easy profile measurement –
“teach&go”
The ZG2 enables precise shape measurement on challenging materials and surfaces.
An easy and intuitive user interface enables efficient installation, setup and operation.
A built-in LCD monitor indicates the measurement result in real time.
• Easy to use – intuitive user interface
• Live – built-in LCD monitor for setup and immediate profile display
• Versatile – 18 measurement tools
• Accurate – 5 μm resolution (3 mm / 631 pixels)
• Wide profiles – up to 70 mm
Ordering information
Sensor heads
Optical method
Sensing distance
Resolution
Order code
Heigt direction
Width direction
Hight direction
Width direction
Diffuse reflective
21048 mm
70 mm
6 μm
111 μm
ZG2-WDS70
Diffuse reflective
10012 mm
22 mm
2.5 μm
35 μm
ZG2-WDS22
Diffuse reflective
503 mm
8 mm
1 μm
13 μm
ZG2-WDS8T
Regular reflective
20.5 mm
3 mm
0.25 μm
5 μm
ZG2-WDS3VT
Note: - For details, refer the ratings and specifications table.
- Designate the cable length (0.5 m, 2 m) when ordering.
Sensor controllers
Power supply
Output type
Order code
24 VDC
NPN
ZG2-WDC11A*1
PNP
ZG2-WDC41A
*1
Setup support software for PC is attached
Accessories (order separately)
Real-time parallel output unit
Parallel mounting adaptor
Output type
Order code
NPN
ZG-RPD11
For 1 unit
Order code
ZS-XPM1
PNP
ZG-RPD41
For 2 units or more
ZS-XPM2
Controller link unit
RS-232C cable
Connecting device
Order code
Item
Order code
For personal computer connection (2 m)
ZS-XRS2
Controller link unit
ZS-XCN
For PLC/PT connection (2 m)
ZS-XPT2
Memory card
Sensor head extension cable
Capacity
Order code
Name
Order code
128 MB
F160-N1285
3 m extension cable
ZG2-XC3CR
256 MB
F160-N2565
8 m extension cable
ZG2-XC8CR
15 m extension cable
ZG2-XC15CR
25 m extension cable
ZG2-XC25CR
Digital equalizer (relay device)
ZG2-XEQ
0.2 m digital equalizer connection cable
ZG2-XC02D
160
ZG2
Profile sensor
Specifications
Sensor heads
Item
ZG2-WDS70
ZG2-WDS22
Optical system
Diffuse reflective
Diffuse
reflective
Regular
reflective
Diffuse
reflective
Regular
reflective
Regular
reflective
Measurement range Height direction
210±48 mm
(In the high-precision mode)
100±12 mm
94±10 mm
50±3 mm
44±2 mm
22.3±0.5 mm 10.6±0.4 mm
Width direction (typical)
70 mm
22 mm
8 mm
3 mm
Height direction*1
6 μm
2.5 μm
1 μm
0.25 μm
Width direction
111 μm
(70 mm/631 pixels)
35 μm
(22 mm/631 pixels)
13 μm
(8 mm / 631 pixels)
5 μm
(3 mm / 631 pixels)
0.03% F.S./°C
0.08% F.S./°C
ZG2-WDS3VT
Diffuse
reflective
Linearity (in the height direction)*2
±0.1% F.S.
Temperature characteristic*3
0.02% F.S./°C
Light source
Type
Visible semiconductor laser
Wavelength
658 nm
650 nm
Output
5 mW max. output, 1 mW max. exposure (without using optical instruments)
1 mW max.
Laser class
Class 2M of EN60825-1 / IEC60825-1
Class IIIB of FDA (21CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11)
Class 2 of EN60825-1 /
IEC60825-1
Class II of FDA (21CFR 1040.10
and 1040.11)
120 μm × 75 mm (typical)
LED
STANDBY : Lights when laser irradiation preparation is complete (indication color: green)
60 μm × 45 mm (typical)
30 μm × 24 mm (typical)
25 μm × 4 mm (typical)
2
Beam shape (at measurement center distance)*4
LD_ON : Lights when the laser is irradiating (indication color: green)
Measurement object
Environmental
resistance
Surface of non-transparent objects
Surface of non-transparent / transparent objects
Ambient light intensity
Illumination on the photo-receiving face 7,000 lx max.: Incandescent lamp
Ambient temperature
Operating : 0 to 50°C, Storage : -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage : 35 to 85 % (with no condensation)
Degree of protection
IP66 (IEC60529)
Vibration resistance (destruction)
10 to 150 Hz with 0.35 mm single amplitude for 80 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance (destruction)
150 m/s², 3 times each in 6 directions (up / down, right / left, forward / backward)
IP67 (IEC60529)
Materials
Case: Aluminum diecast, Front cover : Glass, Cable insulation : Heat-resistive polyvinyl chloride (PVC),
Connector : Zinc alloy or brass
Cable length
0.5 m, 2 m (flexible cable)
Weight
Approx. 650 g
Accessories
Laser labels (EN : 2 labels, FDA : 3 labels), Ferrite core (1), Instruction manual
Approx. 500 g
Measurement sensors
Resolution
ZG2-WDS8T
Approx. 300 g
*1
Obtained by setting an Omron standard measurement object at the measurement center distance and determing the average height of the beam line. The conditions are given in the table below.
However, satisfactory resolution cannot be attained in strong electromagnetic fields.The minimum resolution of the ZG2-WDS8T/WDS3VT is 0.25 ƒÊm, even when the average number of operations
is increased. Resolution does not go any lower.
Model
CCD Mode
Average No. of operations
Measurement object
Regular reflective
Diffuse reflective
ZG2-WDS70/WDS22/WDS8T Standard mode
64
Omron standard white alumina ceramic object
ZG2-WDS3VT
Standard mode
Omron standard mirrored object
Omron standard diffuse reflective object
*2
The tolerance for an ideal straight line obtained by determing the average height of an Omron standard measurement object for the beam line. The CCD high-resolution mode is used. Linearity
varies depending on the measurement object.
Model
Measurement object
Regular reflective
Diffuse reflective
ZG2-WDS70/WDS22/WDS8T
Omron standard white alumina ceramic object
ZG2-WDS3VT
Omron standard mirrored object
Omron standard diffuse reflective object
*3
A value attained by using an aluminium jig to secure the distance between the Sensor head and the measurement object. The CCD standard mode is used.
*4
Defined as 1/e2 (13.5%) of the center light intensity. This may be influenced when light leakage also exists outside the defined area and the reflectivity of the light around the measurement object
is higher than that of the measurement object.
161
ZG2
Profile sensor
Sensor controllers
Item
ZG2-WDC11/WDC11A
ZG2-WDC41/WDC41A
Input/output type
NPN
PNP
No. of connectable Sensor Heads
1 per Controller
No. of connectable Controllers
2
Measurement cycle *1
16 ms (high-precision mode), 8 ms (standard mode), 5 ms (high-speed mode)
Min. display unit
10 nm
Display range
Display
External Input/output
interface signal lines
-999.99999 to 999.99999
LCD monitor
1.8-inch TFT colour LCD (557x234 pixels)
LEDs
•
•
•
•
Analog outputs
Select voltage or current (using the sliding switch on the bottom surface)
• Voltage output: .10 to 10 V, output impedance: 40 
• Current output: 4 to 20 mA, maximum load resistance: 300 
Judgment output
(ALL-PASSING/ERROR)
NPN open collector
30 VDC, 50 mA max.
Residual voltage: 1.2 V max.
PNP open collector
50 mA max.
Residual voltage: 1.2 V max.
ON: O V short or 1.5 V max.
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
ON:
Trigger auxiliary output
(ENABLE/GATE)
Laser stop input (LD-OFF)
Zero reset input (ZERO)
Judgment indicators for each task (indication colour: orange): T1, T2, T3, T4
Laser indicator (indication colour: green): LD_ON
Zero reset indicator (indication colour: green): ZERO
Trigger indicators (indication colour: green): TRIG
Measurement trigger input (TRIG)
Power supply voltage short or
power supply voltage -1.5 V max.
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Bank switching input (BANK A, B)
Serial I/O
USB2.0
1 port, full speed (12 Mbps), MINI-B
RS-232C
1 port, 115,200 bps max.
Parall output*2 Output
Main functions
Ratings
18 - terminal
No. of settings banks
16
Sensitivity adjustment
Multi, High-speed multi, Auto, Fixed
Measurement items
Height, 2-point Step, 3-point Step, Edge position, Edge width, Angle, Intersection coordinates, Intersection angle, Sectional area
(up to eight items can be measured simultaneously)
Auxiliary functions
Filter, Laser power adjustment, Position correction (height, position, lope), Linked operation, Point of inflection measurement
Profiles saved
16 profiles (1 profile per bank)
Trigger modes
External trigger / continuous
Power supply voltage
21.6 to 26.4 VDC (including ripple current)
Current consumption
0.8 A max. (per sensor head)
Insulation resistance
20 M at 250 V between lead wires and Controller case
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min between lead wires and Controller case
Environmental resistance Ambient temperature
Operating : 0 to 50°C, Storage : -15 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage : 35 to 85 % (with no condensation)
Degree of protection
IP20 (IEC 60529)
Vibration resistance (destruction) Vibration frequency: 10 to 150 Hz, single amplitude: 0.35 mm, acceleration: 50 m/s²
Shock resistance (destruction)
150 m/s², 3 times each in 6 directions (up/down, right/left, forward/backward)
Material
Case : Polycarbonate (PC),
Cable insulation : Heat-resistive polyvinyl chloride (PCV)
Cable length
2m
Weight
Approx. 300 g (including cable) (Packed state: Approx. 450 g)
Accessories
ZG2-WDC_1: Large Ferrite Core (1 piece), Instruction Manual
ZG2-WDC_1A: Large Ferrite Core (1 piece), Small Ferrite Core (2 pieces), Instruction Manual, Setup Support Software (CD-ROM),
USB cable (1 m)
*1
*2
The image input periods listed here are for fixed/auto sensitivity. The image input period will be longer for multi-sensitivity, high-speed multi-sensitivity, or other settings. When the high-power
mode is ON, the shortest image input period is 95 ms regardless of the setting of the CCD mode. Use the eco monitor in the RUN mode to determine the actual image input period.
when ZG-RPD is mounted
162
ZG2
Profile sensor
Data storage unit
Item
ZG2-DSU11
ZG2-DSU41
Input/output type
NPN
PNP
No. of connectable Controllers
2*1
Connectable controllers
ZG2-WDC11/WDC41
ON: O V short or 1.5 V max.
OFF: Open (ileakage current : 0.1 mA max.)
ON:
Judgment output
(HIGH/PASS/LOW/ERROR)
NPN open collector
30 VDC, 50 mA max.
Residual voltage : 1.2 V max.
PNP open collector
50 mA max.
Residual voltage : 1.2 V max.
USB2.0
1 port, full speed (12 Mbps), MINI-B
RS-232C
1 port, 115,200 bps max.
Functions No. of logged Memory of the main unit
data*2
Memory card
(256 MB)*4
Profiles saved: 5,120 profiles
Measurement values saved: 65,000 values max.*3
Profiles saved: 35,328 profiles max. (256 profiles x 138 files)
Measurement values saved: 7,150,000 values max. (65,000 values x 110 files)
Logging trigger functions
External triggers, data triggers (self-triggers), and time triggers
External banks functions
4096
Other functions
Alarm output functions
Ratings
Power supply voltage
21.6 to 26.4 VDC (including ripple current)
Current consumption
0.5 A max.
Environmental resistance Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Power supply voltage short or power supply voltage
-1.5 V max.
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Measurement sensors
Serial I/O
Inputting starting/
terminating logging
2
External Input/output
interface signal lines
Operating : 0 to 50°C, Storage: 0 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Operating and storage : 35 to 85% (with no condensation)
Material
Case : Polycarbonate (PC)
Cable length
2m
Weight
Approx. 280 g
Accessories
Ferrite Core (1 piece), Instruction Manual
*1
*2
The controller link unit is necessary for linking.
Data is saved in the memory of the main unit during logging. The data is automatically saved in a memory card after logging is completed. The maximum number of logging differs according to set
conditions. For details, refer to the Users Manual.
*3
Measurement values for 65,000 measurements can be saved even when two sensor controllers are connected and each performs eight tasks.
*4
The value is the maximum number achieved in the following conditions:
• One sensor controller performs one measurement task.
• Either profiles or measurement values are logged.
163
ZG2
Profile sensor
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Sensor heads
ZG2-WDS3VT
Regular reflective
Diffuse reflective
Reference plane
Optical axis
2-4.5 dia. mounting hole
35
22.17
15.3
Emitter optical axis
22.3
4.5
Measurement center
Emitter
10.6
4.64
Operation indication lamp
65
56
4.5
65
56
40°
Receiver
optical axis
75.02
2-M4
23.79
33.47 ± 0.1
Measurement center
Receiver optical axis
33.47
40°
71.78 ± 0.1
Reference plane
20.66
Receiver
optical axis
2-4.5 dia. mounting hole
20.83 Emitter optical axis
31. 5
52.5
81.06
71.78
Mounting Hole Dimensions
21.66
Reference plane
2-M4
Vinyl-insulated round cable 6.8 dia,
standard length : 2 m
Vinyl-insulated round cable 6.8 dia,
standard length : 2 m
Connector
Connector
56 ± 0.1
56 ± 0.1
Mounting Hole Dimensions
ZG2-WDS8T/WDS22
Diffuse reflective
Reference plane
18
36
Optical axis
L(*1)
80
72
Measurement center
4
70
Emitter optical axis
9.5
25 16.4
22.7
92.1
Emitter
46
Operation indication lamp
70 ± 0.1
9.5 ± 0.1
25
3-M4
A°(*1)
100
Receiver
optical axis
Reference
plane
3-4.5 dia. mounting hole
82
69
69 ± 0.1
Receiver
16.9
Mounting Hole Dimensions
45.1
Vinyl-insulated round cable 6.8 dia,
standard length : 2 m, 0.5 m
(*1)
Connector
ZG2-WDS22
ZG2-WDS8T
Regular reflective
Regular reflective
44.1
10.3
98.5
67.6
18.1 23.1
28.8
15°
30°
Measurement center
Receiver optical axis
37.7
3-4.5 dia. mounting hole
24.2
12.5°
64.2 ±0.1
Mounting Hole Dimensions
23.5
15.2
25°
109.6
65.3
68.3 ± 0.1
24.2 ± 0.1
Reference plane
Vinyl-insulated round cable 6.8 dia,
standard length: 2 m, 0.5 m
Measurement center
Emitter optical axis
110.9
64.2
18.1± 0.1
164
9.3
15.6
18.6
3-M4
95.9
68.3
94.1
3-4.5 dia. mounting hole
27
Emitter optical axis
67.6 ± 0.1
27 ± 0.1
ZG2-WDS8T L=50, A=30°
ZG2-WDS22 L=100, A=25°
Receiver
optical axis
3-M4
Reference
15.2 ± 0.1 plane
Connector
65.3 ± 0.1
Mounting Hole Dimensions
Vinyl-insulated round cable 6.8 dia,
standard length : 2 m, 0.5 m
Connector
ZG2
Profile sensor
ZG2-WDS70
Diffuse reflective
65 ± 0.1 3-M4
Optical axis
38
45 ± 0.1
19
210
Receiver
22.7
75
65
5
28
(1:2)
Mounting Hole Dimensions
Reference plane
Operation indication lamp
47
Measurement sensors
Receiver
optical axis
46
Measurement
center
120
115.06
45
19°
Emitter
25
57
2
Vinyl-insulated round cable 6.8 dia,
standard length: 2 m, 0.5 m
Connector
Sensor controller
Data storage unit
2
13 dia
Emitter optical axis
Reference plane 16.4
ZG2-DSU11/DSU41
ZG2-WDC11/WDC41
59.85
52.5
60
3.34
52.50
60
20.8
5.2
11
35.5
90
90
27.9
3.9
11.7 dia
3.90
4.3
4.30
18
Heat-resistive polyvinyl chloride (PVC),
5.2 dia, standard length: 2 m
USB
connector
Heat-resistive polyvinyl chloride (PVC),
5.2 dia, standard length: 2 m
13 10
13 10
RS-232C connector
32.9
24.2
24.20
18
32.90
11.7 dia
Panel mounting adaptor
Real-time parallel output unit
ZG-RPD11/RPD41
ZG-XPM1/XPM2 (dimensions for mounting to a control panel)
(60 × n ) + 12
(60× n
29.60
13
3
Panel
Two,Mounting holes
7
DIN track
8
21
30
10.25
15.85
9
90 122
(140)
(14.15) 13 (2.85)
11.5
66.50
80
89
98
15.65
9
70
(150)
Panel
55
When two or more units are aligned side-by-side. Panel Mounting Adaptor
(2)
(37.5)
32.90
(Note: 1)
30
6
35.20
Note: 1. Dimensions are for a
2.0 mm thick panel.
Panel cutout dimensions
116 ± 1
(60 × n) + 8
165
POSITION / DIAMETER / WIDTH MEASUREMENT
ZX-GT smart laser micrometer: Accurate and fast on all surfaces
The new ZX-GT smart laser micrometer complements Omron’s Smart
Laser Measurement platform. ZX-GT is able to detect edges, measure
diameters of objects and calculate precisely the position on all kind of
materials. Based on CCD technology ZX-GT achieves high accuracy and
speed under difficult environmental conditions.
Transparent objects, reflective surfaces or different positions do not
have an influence on the result. The PC Smart Monitor software helps
to easily setup and configure the laser micrometer.
YOUR BENEFITS
•
High accuracy: 10 μm
•
All surfaces
•
Long sensing distance: < 500 mm
•
Line width up to 28 mm
•
Calculation unit for multiple heads
Note: For sensing distances up to 15m, area width up to 2m and cm accuracy, refer to F3EM
measuring light curtains in INDUSTRIAL SENSING GUIDE
166
Measurement sensors
2
Electronic components – lead-pitch and diameter measurement
Automotive – diameter inspection of large tubes
LCD – glass-edge measurement
Automotive – diameter measurement of large-scale pipe
167
ZX-GT
Laser micrometer
Smart laser micrometer
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
High accuracy: 5-10 μm
All surfaces
Long sensing distance: < 500 mm
Line width up to 28 mm
Calculation unit for multiple heads
Fast sampling time: 0.5 ms
PC software for setup
Ordering information
Sensors
Type
Optical system
Measuring width
Sensing distance
Resolution Output type
Order code
Separate type
Through-beam
28 mm
0 to 500 mm
10 μm
NPN
ZX-GT28S11
PNP
ZX-GT28S41
NPN
ZX-GT2840S11
PNP
ZX-GT2840S41
Integrated type
40 mm
Controller
Power supply
Output type
Order code
DC
NPN
ZX-GTC11
PNP
ZX-GTC41
Accessories (order separately)
Calculating units
Set of interface unit and setup software PCs
Output type
Order code
NPN
ZX-GIF11A
Calculating unit
PNP
ZX-GIF41A
Receiver-controller extension cable
Interface unit(RS-232C/binary output)
Order code
Cable length
Power supply
Output type
Order code
DC
NPN
ZX-GIF11
1m
PNP
ZX-GIF41
Setup software PCs
Name
Order code
Smart monitor GT
ZX-GSW11
168
ZX-CAL2
Quantity
Order code
Standard cable
Flexible cable
ZX-XGC1A
ZX-XGC1R
2m
ZX-XGC2A
ZX-XGC2R
5m
ZX-XGC5A
ZX-XGC5R
8m
ZX-XGC8A
ZX-XGC8R
20 m
ZX-XGC20A
ZX-XGC20R
1m
Up to two extension cables can be connected. However, be sure to limit the total extension cable
length between the receiver and the controller to 30 meters (including the receiver cable).
ZX-GT
Laser micrometer
Specifications
Sensor
Item
ZX-GT28S11
Output type
NPN
ZX-GT2840S11
ZX-GT28S41
ZX-GT2840S41
Appearance
Separate type
Light source
Visible semiconductor laser diode (wavelength 650 nm, CLASS 1 of EN60825-1/IEC60825-1, CLASS of FDA(21CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11)
Measuring width
28 mm
Sensing distance
0 to 500 mm
40 mm
0 to 500 mm
40 mm
Minimum sensing object
0.5 mm dia.*1
0.2 mm dia.
0.5 mm dia.(*1)
0.2 mm dia.
Linearity
±0.1% F.S.*2
Resolution
10 μm (number of process values to average: 16)*3
Temperature characteristic
±0.01% F.S/C*4
Indicators (emitter)
Laser ON indicator (green), laser alarm indicator (red)
Indicator (receiver)
Optical axis setting indicator (green)
Laser OFF input/sync input
ON: Short-circuited with 0 V or 1.5 V max.
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
ON: Short-circuited with power supply voltage or
power supply voltage -1.5 V max.
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
Laser deterioration alarm output
NPN open-collector output
30 VDC 20 mA max.
Residual voltage 1.2 V max.
PNP open-collector output
30 VDC 20 mA max.
Residual voltage 2 V max.
Power consumption (emitter)
30 mA max.
Power supply voltage (emitter)
24 VDC +10%, -15% ripple (p-p) 10% max.
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Insulation resistance
20 M (at 500 VDC megger)
Operating ambient illumination
(emitter)
3,000 lx (incandescent light)
Operating ambient illumination
(receiver)
1,000 lx (incandescent light)*5
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to +40°C, storage: -15 to +50°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35 to 85% (with no condensation)
Vibration resistance (durability)
10 to 150 Hz single-amplitude: 0.75 mm for 80 min each in X, Y and Z directions
Degree of protection
IEC60529 IP40
Cable length
2m
Material
Case: aluminum die-cast, Lens: glass
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 550 g
Accessories
Laser warning labels, instruction sheet
PNP
Integrated type
Measurement sensors
Separate type
2
Integrated type
Approx. 570 g
Approx. 550 g
Approx. 570 g
F.S.: 28 mm measuring range of receiver
*1
Distance between emitter and receiver: 500 mm, measurement object at 250 mm from receiver. Glass ends of chamfer 0.1 mm or more can be detected in glass edge measurement mode. (at
binary level 70%)
Linearity is given to be a typical error with respect to an ideal straight line when the distance between the emitter and receiver is 100 mm and light is blocked at a distance of 50 mm from the
receiver. (On the ZX-GT2840_, the measurement object is measured at a distance of 20 mm from the receiver.)
*3 The amount of fluctuation (±3 ) in the analog output when the distance between the emitter and receiver is 100 mm and a ZX-GTC_ is connected
*4
Change in the light cutoff value on one side when the distance between the emitter and receiver is 100 mm and the light is half-cutoff at a distance of 50 mm from the receiver (On the ZX-GT2840_,
the measurement object is measured at a distance of 20 mm from the receiver.)
*5 Standard mode (NORM) used
*2
Controller
Item
ZX-GTC11
ZX-GTC41
Output type
NPN
PNP
Measurement cycle*1
1.5 ms (standard mode (NORM))
0.5 ms (high-speed mode (FAST))*2
Samples to average
1/2/4/8/16/32/64/128/256/512/1024/2048/4096
Analog output*3
For current output: 4 to 20 mA/F.S., max. load resistance 300 
For voltage output: ±4 V, (±5 V, 1 to 5 V*4), output impedance 100 
Timing input, bank switching input,
zero reset input, reset input
ON: short-circuited with 0 V or 1.5 V max.
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
ON: short-circuited with power supply voltage or
power supply voltage -1.5 V max.
OFF: Open (leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
HIGH/PASS/LOW
Judgment output*5
Sync output*6
NPN open-collector output
30 VDC 50 mA max.
Residual voltage 1.2 V max.
PNP open-collector output
30 VDC 50 mA max.
Residual voltage 2 V max.
Indicator
Judgment output indicator: HIGH (orange), PASS (green), LOW (orange)
Main display (red) sub-display (yellow) bank 1/2 (orange), zero reset (green)
Main
functions
Number of registered
setups
2 banks
Measurement mode
Interrupted beam width measurement, incident beam width measurement, outer diameter measurement, center position measurement, IC lead pitch,
IC lead width judgment, specified edge measurement, wire position measurement, glass edge position measurement
Display during
measurement
Measured value, resolution, threshold, voltage output value, current output value (number of display digits can be changed)
Zero reset functions
Offset setting of zero reset value, zero reset value memory
Hold
Sample hold, peak hold, bottom hold, peak-to-peak hold, average hold, delay hold
Timer functions
ON-delay, OFF-delay, one-shot
Adjustment functions
Optical axis adjust mode/light intensityt writing mode, variable binary level, variable edge filter, analog output scaling
Calculation
2 possible on up to two controllers (calculation Unit ZX-CAL2 is required for connecting controllers to each other.) A-B, A+B, width
Other
Measurement cycle setting, threshold setting, hysteresis setting, initialization, key lock
Temperature characteristic
±0.005% F.S./°C
169
ZX-GT
Laser micrometer
Item
ZX-GTC11
Current consumption
150 mA max. (including receiver)
Power supply voltage
24 VDC +10%, -15% ripple (p-p) 10% max.
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for min
Insulation resistance
20 M (at 500 VDC megger)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to +50°C, storage: -15 to +60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35 to 85% (with no condensation)
Vibration resistance(durability)
10 to 150 Hz single-amplitude: 0.35 mm for 80 min each in X, Y and Z directions
Degree of protection
IEC60529 IP20
Cable length
2m
Material
Case: PBT (polybutylene terephthalate), cover: Polycarbonate
Weight (packed state)
Approx. 330 g
Accessories
Instruction sheet
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
ZX-GTC41
The first response time is “measurement cycle x (number of samples to average setting + 1) + 1 ms” max. For the second response time onwards, the specified measurement cycle time is output.
The response time in the high-speed mode (FAST) for the IC lead pitch and IC lead width judgment modes is 1 ms.
Current/voltage can be switched using the switch provided on the rear of the Controller.
Can be set by the analog output scaling function.
The error (ERR) state is displayed when all HIGH/PASS/LOW outputs turn OFF.
Normally, wire the sync output wire directly to the emitter's sync input wire and run the controller in the standard mode. On an NPN type controller, use an NPN type emitter, and on a PNP type
controller, use a PNP type emitter. Wiring of the sync wires is not required when the controller is run in the high-speed mode.
(Note, however, that the controller becomes more susceptible to the influence of ambient light in this case.)
Interface unit
Item
ZX-GIF11/-GIF11A
ZX-GIF41/-GIF41A
Compatible controller
ZX-GTC11
ZX-GTC41
Indicator
Power ON (green), controller communications (orange), controller communications error (red), RS-232C communications (orange),
RS-232C communications error (red), binary output (orange)
Communications port
RS-232C (9-pin D-sub connector)
12-bit binary output
(D11 toD0, GATE)
NPN open-collector output
30 VDC 20 mA max.
Residual voltage 1.2 V max.
Power supply voltage
Supplied from controller (power consumption: 60 mA max.)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Insulation resistance
20 M (at 500 VDC megger)
Ambient temperature
Operating: 0 to +50°C, storage: -15 to +60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating and storage: 35 to 85% (with no condensation)
Vibration resistance(durability)
10 to 150 Hz single-amplitude: 0.35 mm for 80 min each in X, Y and Z directions
Degree of protection
IEC60529 IP20
Cable length
RS-232C 0.5 m, binary output 2 m
Material
Case: PBT (polybutylene terephthalate), cover: Polycarbonate
Weight (packed state)
ZX-GIF_1A: Approx. 550 g
ZX-GIF_1: Approx. 330 g
Accessories
ZX-GIF_1A: Setup coftware (CD-ROM), 2 clamps, instruction sheet
ZX-GIF_1: 2 clamps, instruction sheet
170
PNP open-collector output
30 VDC 20 mA max.
Residual voltage 2 V max.
ZX-GT
Laser micrometer
Dimensions
Sensor
ZX-GT28S11/-GT28S41 (separate type)
ZX-GT2840S11/-GT2840S41 (integrated type)
Optical axis setting
indicator (green)
Laser ON indicator (green)
Laser alarm indicator(red)
2-M3
54.1
Laser ON indicator (green)
Optical axis setting indicator (green)
54.1
38 ±0.15
13
3-4.5 mm dia.
31
7.15
20 ±0.1
34
10
3
Connector
9
Round vinyl insulated cable
5 mm dia. (7/0.18 mm dia.)
4-core, standard length 2 m
15 ±0.15
55
40
28
Round vinyl insulated cable
6.2 mm dia. (7/0.127 mm dia.)
15-core, standard length 2 m
2.5
Beam
1.7
2-4.5 mm dia.
5
1.7
4.5
15.5
8.5
5 17.8
16
35
57.5
49 ±0.15
49 ±0.15
4.5
28
17.4
57.5
16
42.5
31.4
Optical axis
13.3
6
Beam
Measurement sensors
Round vinyl insulated cable
6.2 mm dia. (7/0.127 mm dia.)
15-core, standard length 2 m
2.5
2-3.2 mm dia. holes
Five, 6.5 mm dia. countersunk holes, depth 5
Optical axis
Laser alarm indicator(red)
16.9 mm dia.
Connector
1.7
1.7
Receiver
28
Mounting hole dimensions
31
Emitter
55
24 ±0.15
5
7.15
Optical
axis
8.1
5 17.8
8.1
13.3
6
15.5
8.5
Round vinyl insulated cable
5 mm dia. (7/0.18 mm dia.)
4-core, standard length 2 m
16.9 mm dia.
31
31
20
Optical axis
3 21 ±0.15
2
35
57.5
16
17.7
4
57.5
42.5
31.4
4-M4, depth 4
11
0.3
4-M4, depth 4
11 ±0.15
9.7
9.7
11 ±0.15
28
7
16
38 ±0.15
Emitter
Controller
Receiver
Calculating unit
ZX-GIF11/-GIF41
30
11.7
12.25
Connector
2.2
6.55
3
5
11.7
11.7
30
11.7
33.1
4.3
ZX-GTC11/-GTC41
29
Connector
Voltage/current switch
4.2
3
136
64.3
4.2
3
4.2
64.3
4.2
336
46
13
36.8
Round vinyl insulated cable
6.2 mm dia. (7/0.127 mm dia.) 15-core
standard length 0.1 m
Round vinyl insulated cable
5.2 mm dia. (19/0.08 mm dia.) 13-core
standard length 2 m
Interface unit
31.5
15
13.2
15.8
6
13.2
16.8
31.5
16.9 mm dia.
51.5
13
36.8
Round vinyl insulated cable
5.4 mm dia. (19/0.08 mm dia.) 15-core
standard length 2 m
Round vinyl insulated cable
5.2 mm dia. (19/0.08 mm dia.) 10-core
standard length 0.3 m
Receiver-controller extension cable
ZX-XGC_A/-XGC_R
ZX-CAL2
24.9
3
Operation indicators
54.1
Connectors
L1 (Note 1)
51.5
16.9 mm dia.
16.9 mm dia.
19.5
57
15.1
54.9
12
8
15-pole connector (male)
44.05
Round vinyl insulated cable, 15-core (Note 2)
15-pole connector (female)
9.5
30
15
26
Note 1: ZX-XGC1A/R
ZX-XGC2A/R
ZX-XGC5A/R
ZX-XGC8A/R
ZX-XGC20A/R
:
:
:
:
:
1M
2M
5M
8M
20M
Note 2: Standard cable: 6.2 mm dia.
Flexible cable: 6.1 mm dia.
14.4
3.4
5
36.7
171
Vision sensors & systems
Item
Technical information
Explanatory diagram
Meaning
Line light
With a line light a straight line is projected on the object. This allows to inspect the
height of an object.
Camera
Camera
Line
light
Light
beam
Applications:
• Width/length measurement of parts
• Height measurement of parts
• Light section method in large parts
Light
beam
Object
Background
Back light
The backlight is placed behind the object into the direction towards the camera.
The main purpose is to highlight the edges of an object for contour inspections.
Applications:
• Width measurement
• Counting
• Contour searching
Camera
Light beam
Object
Back light
Ring light
A ring light is a direct light and creates an equal light on the whole surface of the object
(bright field). It is used with the direction towards the object.
Applications:
• Universal light source for light
• Uniform illumination of the checking field
• High illuminance, so suited for fast processes
Camera
Ring light
Light beam
Object
Background
Low angle ring light
The low angle ring light is not lighting directly into the lens, but from the side.
The lighted field appears dark, distortions appear bright.
Camera
Low angle
ring light
Light
source
Object
Background
172
Applications:
• Visualisation of surface structures (contours, scratches, cracks).
• Highlighting striking structures on the object.
• Highlighting contour parts without software-filtering (optical image processing).
Vision sensors & systems
Item
Technical information
Explanatory diagram
Meaning
Side back light
Light comes from the observation direction down to the object or to the side to avoid
reflection.
Side
back light
Applications:
• Highlight edges and scratches.
• Uniform illumination diffuse reflective surfaces.
• Check completeness, presence control, read codes or signs, defect inspection
Camera
Light beam
Object
Background
Coaxial light
The lighting comes from the observation direction down to the level of the object.
Coaxial light comes from the observation direction requires vertical arrangement of the
lens to the observed surface.
Camera
Applications:
• Uniform illumination from diffuse reflective up to shiny surfaces.
Technical information
Light source
Semi-permeable
mirror
Coaxial light
Light beam
Object
Dome light
The dome light is an indirect light, where the dome is reflecting the light to the object
from every angle. This leads to a more homogeneous illumination on the surface of
the object. Illumination comes from the observation direction down to the level of the
object.
Camera
Applications:
• Highly structured parts, surface, texture, crack-control, safety-related parts, code
and character recognition, etc.
• Uniform illumination of diffuse reflective surfaces.
Dome light
Light
source
Object
Background
The complementary colours are in the colour circle exactly on the opposite side.
Red
Or R
a
Blue
Violet
Blue
ue n
e
Important:
An object appears dark, when the light colour is its complementary colour,
and it appears bright, if the light is a similar colour of its own.
ow
let
Red
t
Viole
ge Yell
Oran Or ow Y
ange el
l
ed g e
n
Vio
What are complementary colours?
173
3
Background
w
Yello
n
Gree
B
Gr l
e
Green
Vision sensors & systems
Item
Technical information
Explanatory diagram
Meaning
General about lenses Focal lenght
Object distance
g
Important terms:
• object distance
• image distance
• focal length
Image distance
b
f
f
Lenses with different focal length generate different image sizes, by having the same
distance to the object
G
Object
B
Real image
Focus lenght
Depth of focus
If the depth of focus is high, the sharp area is becoming larger.
Unsharp area
Sharp area
Unsharp area
Focus ring
Focus
ring
Aperture
The aperture defines the opening of the lens, which can be increased or decreased.
The size controls the amount of light that is received on the CCD chip.
Small aperture numbers (such as 1.4 or 2.8) = wide opened lens.
Large aperture numbers (for example, 11 or 16) = low opened lens.
Lens with a opened aperture
Eg 1.4
Lens with a medium aperture
Eg 7
Lens with a closed aperture
Eg 11
174
The focus ring is increasing the distance between the lens and CCD chip.
This decreases the minimum distance of the camera to the object, where you still
receive a sharp image.
Vision sensors & systems
Item
Technical information
Explanatory diagram
Meaning
Extension tube
Camera
An extension tube is a ring between camera and lens. So the distance between the lens
and CCD chip will be increased.
There are extension tube in different sizes, multiple rings can be combined.
Extention
tube
Lens
Lens selection
Focal length calcula- Characteristics which you need for selecting the correct focal length.
tion
b
= width of CCD- Chips
B
= width of object
f
= focal length
D
= working distance
c
= conversion factor chip size
bD
f = -------------  c
B
4.8 mm  300 mm
bD
f = -------------  0.72 = ------------------------------------------  0.72 = 12.2 mm  12 mm
85 mm
B
Telecentric lenses
Normal
lens
Telecentric
lens
By using telecentric lens, objects can be captured without perspective distortion.
Another advantage is that the size of the object, independent from the distance to the
lens or the position in the field of view.
These lenses are therefore excellent for measurement of objects.
3
Special lenses
Technical information
Example: The width of a 1/3"-chip is 4.8 mm, working distance = 300 mm, image field = 85 mm.
175
Displacement/measurement sensors
Item
Displacement measurement by laser
triangulation
Explanatory diagram
Technical information
Meaning
Laser diode
Laser diode
Receiver
chip
Receiver
chip
Triangulation means calculation of distance resp. displacement by measuring one
angle of a triangle. The reflected light is focussed on a semiconductor receiver
element and the position is a representation of the angle. From this angle the sensor
can calculate the distance to the object.
Lens
Lens
Object
Displacement
Object
Diffuse reflection
Matt surfaces reflect light in all directions. The sensor can “see” the spot on the
surface.
For diffuse reflection the mounting angle of the sensor head is not critical.
Laser beam
Reflection
matt surface
Object
Regular reflection
Shiny surfaces reflect light in only 1 direction.
Sensor head must be mounted accurately in regular reflection position, to “see” the
spot on the surface. Incidence and reflection angle are equal.
Laser beam
Same angle
Shiny
surface
Glass or mirror
Glass measurement
Transparent materials create reflections for each crossing of different optical density.
This results in a reflection for the top surface and the bottom surface of glass.
The thickness can be calculated out of these reflections.
Laser beam
2 reflections
Top
surface
Glass
Bottom surface
176
Displacement/measurement sensors
Item
Line/spot beam
Explanatory diagram
Technical information
Meaning
Line beam
The line is averaging the surface shape of the object.
Line
beam
Object
The spot is focussing the light which leads to higher intensity. This is beneficial for
surfaces absorbing a lot of light.
Technical information
Spot beam
3
Spot beam
Object
Resolution
The “noise” of the measurement represents the resolution. It is the minimum difference
in the measurement, which can be detected.
Measurement
value
The resolution depends on:
• Material (colour, surface, etc.)
• Static or moving condition (moving is e.g. 10 to 100 times worse)
• Sensor characteristic (optical + electrical noise)
The noise
represents the
resolution
Time
Average
This function is used to get a more stable and representative result. The average
of several measurement values is calculated and given as the result. The number of
measurements for this calculation is variable.
Output
values
Resolution
The averaging has 2 effects:
• Improvement of the resolution
• Increase the response time
Averaging
Resolution
Time
Accuracy/precision
Accuracy is the degree of how close the result is to the real value.
Precision is the degree of reproducibility.
High accuracy
High precision
177
178
179
180
Refer to the other guides and the DVD
Your guides to machine safety and
industrial sensing solutions
Your technical library for complete dimension drawings,
technical specifications and performance charts
Note:
Although we do strive for perfection, Omron Europe BV and/or its subsidiary and affiliated companies do not warrant or make any representations regarding the correctness or
completeness of information described in this catalogue. Product information in this catalogue is provided ‚as is‘ without warranty of any kind, either express or implied,
including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement. In a jurisdiction where the exclusion of implied
warranties is not valid, the exclusion shall be deemed to be replaced by such valid exclusion, which most closely matches the intent and purpose of the original exclusion. Omron
Europe BV and/or its subsidiary and affiliated companies reserve the right to make any changes to the products, their specifications, data at its sole discretion at any time without
prior notice. The material contained in this catalogue may be out of date and Omron Europe BV and/or its subsidiary and affiliated companies make no commitment to update
such material.
OMRON EUROPE B.V. Wegalaan 67-69, NL-2132 JD, Hoofddorp, The Netherlands Tel: +31 (0) 23 568 13 00 Fax: +31 (0) 23 568 13 88 industrial.omron.eu
Austria
Tel: +43 (0) 2236 377 800
industrial.omron.at
France
Tel: +33 (0) 1 56 63 70 00
industrial.omron.fr
Norway
Tel: +47 (0) 22 65 75 00
industrial.omron.no
Spain
Tel: +34 913 777 900
industrial.omron.es
Belgium
Tel: +32 (0) 2 466 24 80
industrial.omron.be
Germany
Tel: +49 (0) 2173 6800 0
industrial.omron.de
Poland
Tel: +48 22 645 78 60
industrial.omron.pl
Sweden
Tel: +46 (0) 8 632 35 00
industrial.omron.se
Czech Republic
Tel: +420 234 602 602
industrial.omron.cz
Hungary
Tel: +36 1 399 30 50
industrial.omron.hu
Portugal
Tel: +351 21 942 94 00
industrial.omron.pt
Switzerland
Tel: +41 (0) 41 748 13 13
industrial.omron.ch
Denmark
Tel: +45 43 44 00 11
industrial.omron.dk
Italy
Tel: +39 02 326 81
industrial.omron.it
Russia
Tel: +7 495 648 94 50
industrial.omron.ru
Turkey
Tel: +90 212 467 30 00
industrial.omron.com.tr
Finland
Tel: +358 (0) 207 464 200
industrial.omron.fi
Netherlands
Tel: +31 (0) 23 568 11 00
industrial.omron.nl
South-Africa
Tel: +27 (0) 11 579 2600
industrial.omron.co.za
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0) 870 752 08 61
industrial.omron.co.uk
More Omron representatives industrial.omron.eu
Authorised Distributor:
ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
Control Systems
• Programmable logic controllers • Human-machine interfaces • Remote I/O
Motion & Drives
• Motion controllers • Servo systems • Inverters
Control Components
• Temperature controllers • Power supplies • Timers • Counters • Programmable relays
• Digital panel indicators • Electromechanical relays • Monitoring products • Solid-state relays
• Limit switches • Pushbutton switches • Low voltage switch gear
Sensing & Safety
• Photoelectric sensors • Inductive sensors • Capacitive & pressure sensors
• Cable connectors • Displacement & width-measuring sensors • Vision systems
• Safety networks • Safety sensors • Safety units/relay units • Safety door/guard lock switches
Cat.No. Y208-EN2-04+AOS-Guide2012
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement